Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Harvard Bioscience

Harvard Bioscience

hbio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker hbio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Harvard Bioscience
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 8   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Revolutionizing Physiologic Monitoring

H

A

R

V

A

R

D

B

I

O

S

C

I

E

N

C

E

•

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

8

Harvard Bioscience Logo
HBIO Logo Wide Tagline

Pantone 548

Pantone 485

Pantone 7542

Cardiovascular    Neuroscience    Immuno Oncology     Diabetes

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Highlights

Revenues
($ U.S. in thousands)

2018 Revenues by Region
(Revenues originating from region)

$120,774

$77,407

FY17

FY18

Jeff Duchemin

Jeffrey A. Duchemin was 
appointed Chief Executive 
Offi cer on August 26, 
2013. He assumed 
the additional roles of 
President on November 
1, 2013 and Director on 
October 29, 2013. Prior to 
joining Harvard Bioscience, 
Mr. Duchemin spent 
16 years with Becton 
Dickinson (BD) in 
progressive sales, 
marketing and executive 
leadership positions 
across BD’s three business 
segments; BD Medical 
Systems, BD Diagnostic 
Systems, and BD 
Biosciences. 

Mr. Duchemin earned an 
M.B.A. from Southern 
New Hampshire University 
and a B.S. in accounting 
from the University of 
Massachusetts Dartmouth.

Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income 
($ U.S. in thousands)

70% United States

12% United Kingdom

11% Germany

7% Rest of the World

Employees by Country
(As of December 31, 2018)

$7,360

$4,224

FY17

FY18

Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted EPS
($ U.S.)

$0.20

$0.12

FY17

FY18

63% United States

18% Germany

7% United Kingdom

6% Spain

3% China

1% Canada

<1% Italy

1% Sweden

1% France

In this annual report, we have included non-GAAP financial 
information including adjusted net income and adjusted 
earnings per diluted share. We believe that this non-GAAP 
financial information provides investors with an enhanced 
understanding of the underlying operations of the business. 
This non-GAAP financial information approximates information 
used by our management to internally evaluate our results. 
In particular, we believe that the presentation of non-GAAP 

adjusted net income, including a number of adjusted line items, 
provides investors with a clearer understanding of the full effect 
of the adjustments that we make to our GAAP income and 
earnings per diluted share in order to derive our non-GAAP 
adjusted net income and earnings per diluted share. A tabular 
reconciliation of these non-GAAP adjusted results can be found 
at Exhibit 1 and 2.

H A R V A R D   B I O S C I E N C E ,   I N C .     •     2 0 1 8   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Financial Performance

Selected Financial Data

Statement of Operations Data:

For the Year Ended December 31,

2018  

2017

Revenues .....................................................................................................................

 $120,774 

$ 77,407

Cost of revenues .........................................................................................................

Gross profit............................................................................................................

Operating expenses ....................................................................................................

Operating income (loss) ........................................................................................

Other expense, net ...............................................................................................

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes ................................................

Income tax benefit ......................................................................................................

Loss from continuing operations ...........................................................................

 57,593 

 63,181 

 62,197 

 984 

 (8,959)

 (7,975)

 (3,676)

 (4,299)

Discontinued operations:

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax .................................................

 1,377 

Net loss .................................................................................................................

 $(2,922)

(Loss) earnings per share:

Basic loss per common share from continuing operations ..........................................

Discontinued operations .......................................................................................

Basic loss per common share ................................................................................

Diluted loss per common share from continuing operations ...............................................

Discontinued operations .......................................................................................

Diluted loss per common share ............................................................................

Weighted average common shares:

Basic ......................................................................................................................

Diluted ..................................................................................................................

 $(0.12)

 0.04 

 $(0.08)

 $(0.12)

 0.04

$(0.08)

 36,453

 36,453

 38,237

 39,170

 39,805

 (635)

 (1,986)

 (2,621)

 (605)

 (2,016)

 1,151

$ (865)

$ (0.06)

 0.03

$ (0.02)

$ (0.06)

 0.03

$ (0.02)

 34,753

 34,753

As of December 31,

2018  

2017

Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................

Working capital .....................................................................................................

$8,173 

36,326   

$5,192 

33,494 

Total assets ............................................................................................................   

168,613 

109,354

Long-term debt, net of current portion ................................................................   

58,796   

Stockholders’ equity ..............................................................................................   

82,724

8,983 

80,900

Kam Unninayar

Kam Unninayar was appointed 
Chief Financial Officer on 
November 26, 2018. Prior to 
joining the company she was 
recently CFO at Tetraphase, 
Inc. (NASDAQ:TTPH), a clinical 
stage biopharmaceutical 
company. Prior to this, she 
spent more than eleven 
years at Thermo Fisher  
Scientific, across multiple 
roles leading financial  
operations, corporate  
financial planning and 
analysis, finance for business 
strategy, and acquisitions 
and integrations. During her 
tenure there, she was Vice 
President of Finance for the 
Customer Channels group, 
Laboratory Products and 
Services segment, and other 
businesses with revenues 
that ranged from $200 
million to $4 billion.  
Ms. Unninayar earned an 
Master of Science in Admin-
istration from Wichita State 
University, as well as a Master 
of Finance and Control and 
Bachelor of Commerce from 
the University of Delhi, India.

W W W . H A R V A R D B I O S C I E N C E . C O M

HBIO AR 2018 Front End_MS   1

4/1/19   10:24 AM

 
 
 
 
Dear Fellow Shareholders

2018 was a really important year in the history of Harvard Bioscience. The hard work 
and dedication of our team to transform Harvard Bioscience, which we began five years 
ago, paid off in January of 2018 when we announced the sale of Denville Scientific and the 
acquisition of Data Sciences International.  

The sale of Denville and acquisition of DSI transformed Harvard Bioscience into a pure  
play life science company with competitive advantages across our portfolio. Sitting here 
today, having completed a banner year for the company, we are a larger organization, less 
susceptible to fluctuations in academic research funding, with improved profitability. Our 
2018 results indicate just that. Among the highlights:  

• 2018 adjusted revenue increased 20% to approximately $122 million.

•  2018 adjusted gross margin percentage increased 890 basis points to 

approximately 56% as compared to 2017.

•  2018 adjusted operating margin percentage increased 540 basis points  

to approximately 12% as compared to 2017. 

• 2018 adjusted earnings per share increased 65% to $0.20 per share.

•  As most of you know, Harvard Bioscience has historically been heavily weighted 

in academia. DSI’s revenue from academic customers is almost an inverse of 
Harvard Bioscience’s customer mix. Our 2018 customer mix was closer to 60% 
revenue from academic customers and 40% from biopharma, contract research 
organizations, and government.This diversification has made our organization 
less susceptible to fluctuations in academic research funding, as well as created 
tremendous cross selling opportunity of DSI products into more academic labs 
and our legacy brands into the biopharma and CRO markets.

•  When we announced the acquisition early last year, we spoke about 

approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million in combined revenue and cost 
synergies in the first year, post-acquisition. As of today, I am happy to say  
we met our expectations and have realized synergies within that range  
over the first twelve months of ownership. As we move into 2019 and  
beyond, we continue to expect that topline and bottomline synergies will  
drive organic revenue growth and earnings expansion.

Other 2018 Highlights 
We closed 2018 with several other key highlights and developments that, in addition to the 
transformation of the business with the acquisition of DSI and divestiture of Denville, further 
creates a foundation of long term success.

Topline growth in China continued a strong trend in 2018. When I started with Harvard 
Bioscience five years ago, we had one dedicated channel manager selling our products 
in China. Today, in combination of the commercial team at DSI, our company has sixteen 
channel managers that are focused exclusively on China, Japan, and the rest of the Asian 
life science markets. We have grown our topline in China by more than four times in that 
five year span. The dedication and execution of our teams in China has made China and 
the Asian region, as a whole, an important growth driver for our company.

2018 was also a great year for innovation with product launches and product line extensions 
in telemetry, electrophysiology, and electroporation, expanding our applications in key life 

H A R V A R D   B I O S C I E N C E ,   I N C .     •     2 0 1 8   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Telemetry

Data Sciences International 
(DSI) provides a complete 
preclinical platform to 
assess physiological data 
for research ranging from 
basic, to drug discovery, 
and drug development. 

DSI is best known as the 
company who pioneered 
the manufacturing of 
implantable telemetry 
devices for the wireless 
collection of physiologic 
signals in freely-moving, 
unstressed subjects. 

Today, implantable  
telemetry is considered 
the gold standard for 
researchers in academia, 
pharmaceutical companies, 
contract research  
organizations, and  
government institutions. 
Physiologic endpoints 
collected include blood 
pressure, blood glucose, 
ocular pressure, ECG, 
EEG, EMG,  intracranial 
pressure, tumor pressure, 
and many more.

HBIO AR 2018 Front End_MS   2

4/1/19   10:24 AM

 
science research markets in order to better serve our customers. Product development 
continues to be an important element of our strategy.

We have spent a lot of time during my tenure consolidating our manufacturing 
footprint in order to contain costs and expand margins. Our future expansion 
in gross margins and operating margins will continue to be driven by prudent 
cost containment measures, as well as improvement from two recent, small site 
consolidations. In the U.S., we moved our Hoefer brand from its previous facility in 
California to our Holliston, Massachusetts corporate headquarters. In Germany, we 
moved our HEKA Electronik manufacturing site to our MCS facility. Both of these 
moves took place in Q4 of 2018 and will positively impact our fi nancial results in 
2019 and beyond.

Finally, we hired our new Chief Financial Offi cer, Kam Unninayar, in late 2018.  
Kam brought a deep knowledge of our industry, having held fi nancial leadership 
positions for various business segments at Thermo Fisher Scientifi c for more 
than 11 years, as well as most recently as CFO for Tetraphase Pharmaceuticals, 
a Nasdaq-listed company. She also held fi nancial roles at other global public 
companies, and is well-versed and experienced in the operations of a global 
organization. Kam’s proven skills align very well with our strategic initiatives of 
commercial excellence, operational effi ciencies, product development, 
and acquisitions. 

Looking Ahead…
In refl ecting on the last fi ve years at Harvard Bioscience, I am struck by what 
we’ve been able to accomplish. Our primary focus has been on our corporate 
initiatives – commercial excellence, operational effi ciency, product development, 
and acquisitions. In that time we can point to successes in each area of our 
corporate initiatives, including this year – a true infl ection point in the history of 
our organization. I am extremely proud of the global team we have assembled 
and the dedication they have shown to the success of our company.  With the 
foundation strengthened, today we are more confi dent than ever of our position 
to achieve our growth goals in the years ahead.

We appreciate the commitment and continued support and look forward to 
sharing the future success of Harvard Bioscience with you all.

Sincerely,

Jeffrey A. Duchemin
President & Chief Executive Offi cer

W W W . H A R V A R D B I O S C I E N C E . C O M

Ponemah, 
FinePointe and
Neuroscore software

DSI offers three unique 
software platforms for the 
acquisition and analysis of 
physiological data. DSI’s 
Ponemah software is a 
robust, yet fl exible software 
platform. Ponemah is the 
leading choice for research-
ers seeking a comprehen-
sive set of software tools 
designed for use with telem-
etry in a GLP environment. 
FinePointe software is used 
for collecting, analyzing, and 
reporting respiratory data 
from DSI’s Buxco respiratory 
hardware. NeuroScore is 
the leading software choice 
for scientists involved with 
central nervous system 
monitoring.

HBIO AR 2018 Front End_MS   3

4/1/19   10:24 AM

Corporate Information

Our Company
Harvard Bioscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a global developer, manufacturer, marketer 
and provider of a broad range of scientific instruments, systems, software and services used 
to advance life science for basic research, drug discovery, physiologic monitoring, clinical and 
environmental testing. Our products and services are sold to thousands of researchers in over 
100 countries through our global sales organization, websites, catalogs, and through distributors 
including Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., VWR and other specialized distributors. We have sales 
and manufacturing operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, 
Spain, France, Canada, Italy and China. Our vision is to be a world-leading life science company 
that excels in meeting the needs of our customers by providing a wide breadth of innovative 
products and solutions, while providing exemplary customer service.

Board of Directors
Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
Our President &  
Chief Executive Officer

Katherine A. Eade 
Deputy General Counsel 
La-Z-Boy, Inc.

James W. Green 
General Partner 
Grantchester Group

John F. Kennedy 
Formerly President & CFO  
Nova Ventures Corporation

Thomas W. Loewald 
Division President 
ProAmpac

Bertrand Loy 
President & CEO 
Entegris, Inc.

Price Range of  
Common Stock
Year Ended December 31, 2018

Quarter 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

  High 
$  5.15 
$  5.95 
$  6.65 
$  5.00 

FY 2018 average 
FY 2018 closing 

  Low 
$  3.30  
$  4.20  
$  5.00  
$  3.03

$  4.79  
$  3.18

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Quarter 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

  High 
$  3.25 
$  2.75 
$  3.75 
$  3.80 

FY 2017 average 
FY 2017 closing 

  Low 
$  2.55  
$  2.30  
$  2.35  
$  3.08

$  2.92  
$  3.30

Management
Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
President &  
Chief Executive Officer

Kam Unninayar 
Chief Financial Officer

Stock Profile
Since the Company’s initial public 
offering on December 7, 2000, 
shares of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
have been quoted on the Nasdaq 
Global Market, and currently trade 
under the symbol “HBIO”.

As of March 7, 2019, the Company 
had 109 stockholders of record. 
The Company believes that the 
number of beneficial owners of 
our common stock at that date was 
substantially greater.

Corporate Address
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
84 October Hill Road  
Holliston, Massachusetts 01746 
www.harvardbioscience.com

Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm
Grant Thorton LLP 
75 State Street 
Boston, Massachusetts 02109 
www.grantthornton.com

General Counsel 
Burns & Levinson LLP 
125 Summer Street  
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Transfer Agent  
& Registrar
Computershare Limited 
250 Royall Street 
Canton, MA 02021

Annual Meeting  
of Stockholders
The Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders of Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. will be held on 
Thursday, May 16, 2019 at 11:00 a.m. 
local time, at the offices of  
Burns & Levinson LLP, 125 Summer 
Street, Boston, MA 02110.    

Investor Relations
To obtain copies of this annual 
report or other financial 
information, please write or call:

Investor Relations 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.  
84 October Hill Road  
Holliston, Massachusetts 01746 
508-893-8066

Dividends
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. has never 
declared or paid cash dividends 
on its common stock and currently 
has no plans to do so in the 
foreseeable future.

Patch Clamp 

Developed by Nobel Prize 
winners Erwin Neher and 
Bert Sakmann, this trusted 
technique is used in electro-
physiological studies of ion 
channels in tissue sections, 
individual living cells or 
patches of cell membrane.

Voltage clamp or current 
clamp technique is  
performed in any type of 
excitable cells, mostly  
neurons, cardiomyocytes, 
pancreatic beta cells or 
muscle fibers. Experiments 
include slice-recordings,  
single-cell-layer-recordings,  
in vivo-recordings, whole- 
cell-recordings, and  
single-channel-recordings.

H A R V A R D   B I O S C I E N C E ,   I N C .     •     2 0 1 8   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

HBIO AR 2018 Front End_MS   4

4/1/19   10:24 AM

 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

☒ 

☐ 

Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 
or  

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934  

For the transition period from              to               
Commission File Number 001-33957 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.  
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization) 

04-3306140 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

84 October Hill Road, Holliston, Massachusetts 01746 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including zip code)  

(508) 893-8999  
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Global Market  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐    NO ☒ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐    NO ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒    NO ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive  Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to submit and post such files). ☒ YES     ☐ NO 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment 
to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer ☐ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer ☒ 
Smaller reporting company ☒ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. YES ☐    NO ☒ 
The  aggregate  market  value  of  28,753,642  shares  of  voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  as  of  June  30,  2018  was 
approximately  $153,831,985  based  on  the  closing  sales  price  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  on  that  date.  Shares  of  the 
registrant’s common stock held by each officer and director and each person known to the registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding voting power 
of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for other 
purposes. The registrant has no shares of non-voting common stock authorized or outstanding. 

At March 7, 2019, there were 37,667,783 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding. 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), to be 
filed within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. Except with respect to 
information specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof. 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2018 
INDEX  

PART I  

Page 

    Item 1. 

Business ........................................................................................................................................................   1 

    Item 1A.  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................   7 

    Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................   19 

    Item 2. 

Properties ......................................................................................................................................................   19 

    Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings .........................................................................................................................................   19 

    Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ...............................................................................................................................   19 

PART II  

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities .......................................................................................................................................................   20 

    Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data .................................................................................................................................   20 

    Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................   20 

    Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .......................................................................   32 

    Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .............................................................................................   32 

    Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .......................   32 

    Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................   32 

    Item 9B.  Other Information .........................................................................................................................................   35 

PART III 

    Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ............................................................................   35 

    Item 11.  Executive Compensation...............................................................................................................................   35 

    Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....   35 

    Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..............................................   35 

    Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services .......................................................................................................   35 

PART IV 

    Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ......................................................................................................   36 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................  F-1 

Signatures 

 
    
 
 
    
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
    
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
      
  
  
      
  
  
This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  statements  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact  and  are  forward-
looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), each as amended. The forward-looking statements are principally, but not exclusively, 
contained in “Item 1: Business” and “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations.” These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual 
results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements 
expressed  or  implied  by  the  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
statements  about  management’s  confidence  or  expectations,  our business  strategy,  our  ability  to  raise  capital  or borrow 
funds to consummate acquisitions and the availability of attractive acquisition candidates, our expectations regarding future 
costs of product revenues, our anticipated compliance with the covenants contained in our credit facility, the adequacy of 
our financial resources and our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions that are not historical facts. In some cases, you 
can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “seek,” “expects,” 
“plans,”  “aim,”  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “predicts,”  “intends,”  “think,”  “strategy,” 
“potential,”  “objectives,”  “optimistic,”  “new,”  “goal”  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify  forward-looking 
statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject 
to  risks  and  uncertainties.  Given  these  uncertainties,  you  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-looking 
statements. We discuss many of these risks in detail under the heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should carefully review all of these factors, as well as other risks described in our public 
filings, and you should be aware that there may be other factors, including factors of which we are not currently aware, that 
could cause these differences. Also, these forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the 
date of this report. We may not update these forward-looking statements, even though our situation may change in the future, 
unless  we  have  obligations  under  the  federal  securities  laws  to  update  and  disclose  material  developments  related  to 
previously disclosed information. Harvard Bioscience, Inc. is referred to herein as “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company.” 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business.  

Overview  

Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  is  a  global  developer,  manufacturer,  marketer  and  provider  of  a 
broad range of scientific instruments, systems, software and services used to advance life science for basic research, drug 
discovery, physiologic monitoring, clinical and environmental testing. Our products and services are sold to thousands of 
researchers in over 100 countries through our global sales organization, websites, catalogs, and through distributors including 
Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., VWR and other specialized distributors. We have sales and manufacturing operations in the 
United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Spain, France, Canada, Italy and China. 

Our History  

Our business began in 1901 under the name Harvard Apparatus. It was founded by Dr. William T. Porter, a Professor 
of Physiology at Harvard Medical School and a pioneer of physiology education. We have grown over the years with the 
development and evolution of modern life science research and education. Our early inventions included ventilators based 
on Dr. Porter’s design, the mechanical syringe pump for drug infusion in the 1950s, and the microprocessor controlled syringe 
pump in the 1980s. 

In March of 1996, a group of investors acquired a majority of the then existing business of our predecessor, Harvard 
Apparatus, Inc. Following this acquisition, our focus was redirected to acquiring complimentary companies with innovative 
technologies  while  continuing  to  grow  the  existing  business  through  internal  product  development.  Since  1996,  we  have 
completed multiple business or product line acquisitions related to our continuing operations. 

We  are  pursuing  a  strategy  to  grow  the  business  organically  as  well  as  through  strategic,  accretive  acquisitions, 
including five acquisitions since the fourth quarter of 2014. In January 2018, we acquired Data Sciences International, Inc. 
(DSI) for approximately $71.1 million. DSI, a St. Paul, Minnesota-based life science research company, is a recognized leader 
in physiologic monitoring focused on delivering preclinical products, systems, services and solutions to its customers. Its 
customers include pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as contract research organizations, academic labs 
and government researchers. This acquisition diversifies our customer base into the biopharmaceutical and contract research 
organization markets and offers revenue and cost synergies. The acquisition also helped to increase our gross profit margins. 

We have also conducted a multi-year restructuring program to reduce costs, align global functions and consolidate 
facilities to optimize our global footprint, divest non-core businesses and to reinvest in key areas such as sales and marketing 

1 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and new product development through research and development. As part of these efforts, during the first quarter of 2018, 
we sold substantially all the assets of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Denville Scientific, Inc. (Denville) for approximately 
$20.0 million, which included a $3.0 million earn-out provision. Denville was a laboratory products supplier that was no 
longer core to our vision. 

We  have  also  developed  many  new  product  lines  including:  new  generation  Harvard  Apparatus  laboratory  syringe 
pumps,  Hoefer  Gel  Electrophoresis  systems,  Biochrom  spectrophotometers  and  amino  acid  analysis  products,  Warner 
Instruments micro-incubation and perfusion products, CMA Microdialysis probes and guides, Panlab behavioral research 
products,  Harvard  Apparatus  touch  screen  ventilators,  HEKA  PatchMaster  data  acquisition  system,  Harvard  Apparatus 
physiological  monitoring  system,  Warner  valve  control  system,  BTX  electroporation  generators,  TBSI  wireless  in  vivo 
telemetry  implants  and  MCS  beta  screen  for  diabetic  research.  Additionally,  in  2018,  following  the  DSI  acquisition,  we 
introduced into the marketplace, the PhysioTel miniature telemetry devices and Buxco inhalation exposure systems. 

Our Strategy  

Our vision is to be a world leading life science company that excels in meeting the needs of our customers by providing 
a wide breath of innovative products and solutions, while providing exemplary customer service. Our business strategy is to 
grow our top-line and bottom-line, and build shareholder value through a commitment to: 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

commercial excellence; 
organic growth; 
operational efficiencies; 
new product development; and 
strategic acquisitions. 

Our Products  

Our  broad  core  product  range  is  currently  organized  into  three  commercial  product  families:  Physiology,  Cell, 
Molecular Instruments (PCMI), Data Sciences International (DSI), and Electrophysiology (Ephys). We primarily sell our 
products under brand names, including Harvard Apparatus, DSI, Ponemah, Buxco, KD Scientific, Hoefer, Biochrom, BTX, 
Warner Instruments, MCS, HEKA, Hugo Sachs Elektronik, Panlab, Coulbourn Instruments, TBSI, and CMA Microdialysis. 

Our products consist of instruments, consumables, systems and software. Our products include scientific instruments 
like spectrophotometers and plate readers that analyze light to detect and quantify a wide range of molecular and cellular 
processes, or apparatus like gel electrophoresis units. Other products and services are wireless monitors, data acquisition and 
analysis products and software, and  ancillary  services  including post-contract  customer  support,  training  and installation. 
Sales prices of these products and services range from under $100 to over $100,000. We manufacture our products at our 
locations in the United States, Germany, Sweden and Spain. 

In addition to our proprietary manufactured products, we sell many products that are made by other manufacturers. 
These  distributed  products  accounted  for  approximately  15%  of  our  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018. 
Distributed products enable us to provide our customers with a single source for their research needs, and consist of a large 
variety  of  devices,  instruments  and  consumable  items  used  in  experiments  involving  fluid  handling,  molecular  and  cell 
biology,  tissue,  organ  and  animal  research.  Many  of  our  proprietary  manufactured  products  are  leaders  in  their  fields; 
however,  researchers  often  need  complementary  products  in  order  to  conduct  particular  experiments.  Following  is  a 
description of each product family. 

Physiology, Cell and Molecular Instruments Product Family 

Our PCMI product family includes our traditional syringe pump and peristaltic pump product lines, as well as a broad 
range of instruments and accessories for tissue, organ and animal based lab research, including surgical products, infusion 
systems,  microdialysis  instruments,  behavior  research  systems,  and  isolated  organ  and  tissue  bath  systems.  Our  product 
offerings are marketed through our Harvard Apparatus, CMA Microdialysis, Panlab, Coulbourn, Hugo Sachs brands and 
entities. We sell these products through our global sales force, technical service team and our global distribution channel. 

The  PCMI  product  family  also  includes  spectrophotometers,  microplate  readers,  amino  acid  analyzers,  gel 
electrophoresis equipment, sample preparation plates and columns, electroporation and electrofusion instruments. We market 
them  under  the  names  Biochrom,  BioDrop,  Hoefer,  Scie-plas,  QuikPrep,  and  BTX.  We  sell  them  primarily  through  our 
distribution arrangements with various distributors. 

2 

  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our PCMI product family made up approximately 47.3% of our global revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Data Sciences International Family 

Data Sciences International (DSI) provides a complete preclinical platform to assess physiological data for research 
ranging  from  basic  research,  to  drug  discovery,  and  drug  development  services.  The  Data  Sciences  International  family 
consists of the DSI and Buxco brands. 

DSI  develops  and  manufactures  products  and  provides  services  for  monitoring  physiological  parameters  of  animal 

models used in biomedical research including: 

(cid:120)  The  most  comprehensive  portfolio  of  implantable  and  externally-worn  telemetry  systems.  These  are 
commonly used in research to collect cardiovascular, central nervous system, respiratory, metabolic data. 
(cid:120)  Turn-key respiratory system solutions encompassing plethysmograph chambers, data acquisition hardware, 

(cid:120) 

physiological signal analysis software, and final report generation. 
Inhalation and exposure systems providing precise, homogenous aerosol delivery for up to 42 subjects, while 
integrating respiratory parameters for the ultimate Delivered Dose system. 

(cid:120)  Powerful, GLP-capable data acquisition and analysis systems, capable of integrating third party sensors for a 

more comprehensive study design. 

DSI’s direct sales force supports North America, Europe, and China, with distributors supporting the rest of the world. 

Our DSI family made up approximately 35.2% of our global revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Electrophysiology Family 

The  Electrophysiology  product  family  includes  the  brands  Multi-Channel  Systems,  HEKA,  TBSI  and  Warner 

Instruments. 

Multi-Channel Systems focuses on the development and manufacture of precision scientific measuring instrumentation 

and equipment in the field of electrophysiology including: 

(cid:120)  Data acquisition systems, for use with custom amplifier configurations. 
(cid:120)  Complete in vivo-systems, the solution for in vivo recordings with microelectrode arrays. 
(cid:120)  Complete in vitro-systems for extracellular recordings from microelectrode arrays in vitro. 

HEKA also develops, designs and manufactures precision electrophysiology equipment specializing in Patch Clamp 
Amplifiers  and  both  manual  and  automated  Patch  Clamp  Systems  along  with  the  associated  software.  The  brand  also 
specializes in instrumentation and equipment for Electrochemistry. 

Warner  Instruments  manufactures  specialized  tools  for  Electrophysiology  and  Cell  Biology  research  including  cell 

chambers, perfusion controllers, temperature controllers, microincubation systems and bio-sensing systems. 

TBSI designs and develops in vivo neural interface systems research to aid neuroscience research, especially in the 
fields of electrophysiology, psychology, neurology and pharmacology. This includes both wireless and tethered systems for 
both stimulation and recording. 

Our  Electrophysiology  product  family  made  up  approximately  17.5%  of  our  global  revenues  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2018. 

Our Customers  

Our end-user customers are primarily research scientists at pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, universities, 
hospitals,  government  laboratories,  including  the  United  States  National  Institute  of  Health  (NIH),  and  contract  research 
organizations  (CROs).  Our  pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  customers  have  included  pharmaceutical  companies  and 
research laboratories such as Pfizer, Amgen, Inc., AstraZeneca plc, Genentech, Inc. and Johnson & Johnson. Our academic 
customers  include  major  colleges  and  universities  such  as  Harvard  University,  Cambridge  University,  Johns  Hopkins 
University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Yale University, the University of California system, Baylor College of 
Medicine,  and  the University  of  Texas  - MD Anderson Center. Our CRO  customers  include  Covance  and  Charles  River 

3 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Laboratories. We  have  tens of  thousands of  customers  worldwide  and no  customer  accounted for more  than  10%  of our 
revenues in 2018. 

Sales and Marketing  

We conduct direct sales in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Sweden, Canada and 
China. We sell primarily through distributors in other countries. For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenues from direct 
sales  to  end-users  represented  approximately  59%  of  our  revenues;  and  revenues  from  sales  of  our  products  through 
distributors represented approximately 41% of our revenues. 

Direct Sales  

We have a global sales organization managing both direct sales and distributors. Our websites and catalogs serve as the 
primary sales tool for our product lines, which includes both proprietary manufactured products and complementary products 
from various suppliers. Our reputation as a leading producer of many of our manufactured products creates traffic to our 
websites, enables cross-selling and facilitates the introduction of new products. 

Distributors  

We engage distributors for the sales of our own branded and private label products in certain areas of the world and for 

certain product lines. 

Research and Development 

Our principal research and development mission is to develop products that address growth opportunities within the 
life science research process, as well as to maintain and optimize our existing product portfolios. We maintain development 
staff in many of our manufacturing facilities to design and develop new products and to re-engineer existing products to bring 
them to the next generation. Our research and development expenses from continuing operations were approximately $11.0 
million, and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We anticipate that we will continue 
to make investments in research and development activities as we deem appropriate. We plan to continue to pursue a balanced 
development portfolio strategy of originating new products from internal research and acquiring products through business 
and technology acquisitions. 

Manufacturing  

We manufacture and test the majority of our products in our principal manufacturing facilities located in the United 
States, Sweden, Spain and Germany. We have considerable manufacturing flexibility at our various facilities, and each facility 
can  manufacture  multiple  products  at  the  same  time.  We  maintain  in-house  manufacturing  expertise,  technologies  and 
resources. We seek to maintain multiple suppliers for key components that are not manufactured in-house, and while some 
of our products are dependent on sole-source suppliers, we do not believe our dependence upon these suppliers creates any 
significant risks. 

Our  manufacturing  operations  primarily  involve  assembly  and  testing  activities  along  with  some  machine  based 

processes. 

Manufacturing Activity 

   Manufacturing Facility 

syringe pumps, ventilators, cell injectors, molecular sample preparation products, 
electroporation products, electrophysiology products, spectrophotometers, amino acid 
analysis systems, low-volume, high-throughput liquid dispensers, plate readers, 
behavioral research products, electrophoresis products and microdialysis products 
physiological monitoring products and systems 
electrophysiology products 
electrophysiology products 
complete organ testing systems 
behavioral research products 
behavioral research products 
microdialysis products 

Holliston, Massachusetts 

New Brighton, Minnesota 
Hamden, Connecticut 
Reutlingen, Germany 

   March-Hugstetten, Germany 

Barcelona, Spain 
Durham, North Carolina 
Kista, Sweden 

4 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Going forward we will continue to evaluate our manufacturing facilities and operations in order to achieve an optimal 

manufacturing footprint. 

Competition  

The markets into which we sell our products are highly competitive, and we expect the  intensity of competition to 
continue or increase. We compete with many companies engaged in developing and selling tools for life science research. 
Many of our competitors have greater financial, operational, sales and marketing resources, and more experience in research 
and development and commercialization than we have. Moreover, our competitors may have greater name recognition than 
we do, and many offer discounts as a competitive tactic. These competitors and other companies may have developed or 
could in the future develop new technologies that compete with our products, which could render our products obsolete. We 
cannot assure you that we will be able to make the enhancements to our technologies necessary to compete successfully with 
newly emerging technologies. We believe that we offer one of the broadest selections of products to organizations engaged 
in life science research. We have numerous competitors on a product line basis. We believe that we compete favorably with 
our competitors on the basis of product performance, including quality, reliability and speed, technical support, price and 
delivery time. 

We compete with several companies that provide instruments for life science research including, Lonza Group Ltd., 
Becton  Dickinson,  Eppendorf  AG,  Kent  Scientific  Corporation,  Razel  Scientific  Instruments, Inc.,  Ugo  Basile,  Danaher 
Corporation,  Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., PerkinElmer, Inc.,  Thermo  Fisher  Scientific,  Inc. Notocord, Emka  Technologies 
and TSE Systems. 

We  cannot  forecast  if  or  when  these  or  other  companies  may  develop  competitive  products.  We  expect  that  other 
products  will  compete  with  our  products  and  potential  products  based  on  efficacy,  safety,  cost  and  intellectual  property 
positions. While we believe that these will be the primary competitive factors, other factors include, in certain instances, 
availability of supply, manufacturing, marketing and sales expertise and capability. 

Seasonality  

Sales and earnings in our third quarter are usually flat or down from the second quarter primarily because there are a 
large number of holidays and vacations during such quarter, especially in Europe. Our fourth quarter revenues and earnings 
are often the highest in any fiscal year compared to the other three quarters, primarily because many of our customers tend 
to spend budgeted money before their own fiscal year ends. 

Intellectual Property  

To  establish  and protect  our  proprietary  technologies  and  products, we rely  on  a  combination of patent,  copyright, 
trademark and trade-secret laws, as well as confidentiality provisions in our contracts. Patents or patent applications cover 
certain of our new technologies. Most of our more mature product lines are protected by trade names and trade secrets only. 

We have implemented a patent strategy designed to provide us with freedom to operate and facilitate commercialization 
of  our  current  and  future  products.  Our  success  depends,  to  a  significant  degree,  upon  our  ability  to  develop  proprietary 
products and technologies. We intend to continue to file patent applications as we develop new products and technologies. 

Patents provide some degree of protection for our intellectual property. However, the assertion of patent protection 
involves complex legal and factual determinations and is therefore uncertain. The scope of any of our issued patents may not 
be  sufficiently  broad  to  offer  meaningful  protection.  In  addition,  our  issued  patents  or  patents  licensed  to  us  may  be 
successfully challenged, invalidated, circumvented or unenforceable so that our patent rights would not create an effective 
competitive barrier. Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries may protect our proprietary rights to a greater or lesser 
extent  than  the  laws  of  the  United  States.  In  addition,  the  laws  governing  patentability  and  the  scope  of  patent  coverage 
continue to evolve, particularly in areas of interest to us. As a result, there can be no assurance that patents will be issued 
from any of our patent applications or from applications licensed to us. As a result of these factors, our intellectual property 
positions bear some degree of uncertainty. 

We also rely in part on trade-secret protection of our intellectual property. We attempt to protect our trade secrets by 
entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, employees and consultants. Our employees and consultants also 
sign  agreements  requiring  that  they  assign  to  us  their  interests  in  patents  and  copyrights  arising  from  their  work  for  us. 
Although  many  of  our  United  States  employees  have  signed  agreements  not  to  compete  unfairly  with  us  during  their 
employment and after termination of their employment, through the misuse of confidential information, soliciting employees, 
soliciting customers and the like, the enforceability of these provisions varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and, in some 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
circumstances, they may not be enforceable. In addition, it is possible that these agreements may be breached or invalidated 
and  if so,  there  may  not be an  adequate  corrective  remedy  available. Despite  the  measures  we have  taken  to protect  our 
intellectual  property,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  third  parties  will  not  independently  discover  or  invent  competing 
technologies, or reverse engineer our trade secrets or other technologies. Therefore, the measures we are taking to protect our 
proprietary rights may not be adequate. 

We do not believe that our products infringe on the intellectual property rights of any third party. We cannot assure 
you, however,  that third parties  will  not  claim  such  infringement  by  us or our  licensors  with respect  to  current  or future 
products.  We  expect  that  product  developers  in  our  market  will  increasingly  be  subject  to  such  claims  as  the  number  of 
products and competitors in our market segment grows and the product functionality in different market segments overlaps. 
In addition, patents on production and business methods are becoming more common and we expect that more patents will 
be issued in our technical field. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation 
and diversion of management’s attention and resources, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or 
licensing agreements. Moreover, such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be on terms advantageous to us, 
or acceptable at all, which could seriously harm our business or financial condition. 

“Harvard” is a registered trademark of Harvard University. The marks “Harvard Apparatus” and “Harvard Bioscience” 

are being used pursuant to a license agreement entered into in December 2002 between us and Harvard University. 

Government Regulation  

We  are  not  subject  to  direct  governmental  regulation  other  than  the  laws  and  regulations  generally  applicable  to 
businesses in the domestic and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. In particular, our current products are not subject 
to pre-market approval by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for use on human clinical patients. In 
addition, we believe we are currently in compliance with all relevant environmental laws. 

Employees 

As  of  December  31,  2018,  we  employed  547  employees,  of  which  519  are  full-time  and  28  are  part-time.  As  of 
December 31, 2017, we employed 434 employees, of which 413 were full-time and 21 were part-time. The increase in the 
number of employees was primarily due to our acquisition of DSI in 2018, partially offset by the disposition of Denville 
during 2018. 

Geographical residence information for these employees is summarized in the table below: 

As of  December 31, 2018 

United States ...........................................................................................................................................      
Germany ..................................................................................................................................................      
United Kingdom ......................................................................................................................................      
Spain ........................................................................................................................................................      
China .......................................................................................................................................................      
Canada .....................................................................................................................................................      
Sweden ....................................................................................................................................................      
France ......................................................................................................................................................      
Italy .........................................................................................................................................................      
Total ........................................................................................................................................................      

346   
97   
41   
28   
16   
7   
6   
5   
1   
547   

Geographic Area  

Financial  information  regarding  geographic  areas  in  which  we  operate  is  provided  in  Note  22  of  the  “Notes  to 

Consolidated Financial Statements,” which are included elsewhere in this report. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table shows information about our executive officers as of December 31, 2018. 

Name 
Jeffrey Duchemin .................  
Kam Uninayar ......................  
Yong Sun* ............................  

Age  Position 
53  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 
51  Chief Financial Officer 
55  Vice President and General Manager, PCMI 

*Resigned effective as of January 4, 2019. 

Jeffrey A. Duchemin was appointed Chief Executive Officer on August 26, 2013.  He assumed the additional roles of 
President on November 1, 2013 and Director on October 29, 2013. Prior to joining Harvard Bioscience, Mr. Duchemin spent 
16 years with Becton Dickinson (“BD”) in progressive sales, marketing and executive leadership positions across BD’s three 
business segments; BD Medical Systems, BD Diagnostic Systems, and BD Biosciences. In October 2012, BD Biosciences 
Discovery Labware was acquired by Corning Life Sciences. Mr. Duchemin was a Global Business Director for Corning Life 
Sciences until his departure to Harvard Bioscience. Mr. Duchemin is a transformational leader with demonstrated business 
results. The depth of his experience spans across a broad range of life science research and medical device products resulting 
in  growth  on  a  global  basis.  Mr.  Duchemin  earned  an  M.B.A.  from  Southern  New  Hampshire  University  and  a  B.S.  in 
accounting from the University of Massachusetts Dartmouth. 

Kam Unninayar was appointed Chief Financial Officer on November 26, 2018.  Prior to joining the company she was 
recently Chief Financial Officer at Tetraphase, Inc. (NASDAQ:TTPH), a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company. Prior to 
this, she spent more than eleven years at Thermo Fisher Scientific, a global leader in serving science, across multiple roles 
leading financial operations, corporate financial planning and analysis, finance for business strategy, and acquisitions and 
integrations.  During  her  tenure  there,  she  was  Vice  President  of  Finance  for  the  Customer  Channels  group,  Laboratory 
Products and Services segment, and other businesses with revenues that ranged from $200 million to $4 billion. Earlier in her 
career, Ms. Unninayar held finance roles with increasing responsibilities at Fortune 500 consumer companies. Ms. Unninayar 
earned an M.B.A. from Wichita State University, as well as a Master of Finance and Control and Bachelor of Commerce 
from the University of Delhi, India. 

Yong Sun resigned as Vice President and General Manager of our PCMI product family, effective as of January 4, 
2019.  Previously  Mr.  Sun  held  the  positions  of  Vice  President,  Commercial  Operations  since  October  28,  2015,  Vice 
President, Strategic Marketing and Business Development since October 28, 2013 and Vice President, R&D since March 10, 
2014. Prior to joining Harvard Bioscience, he served as Vice President of Global Marketing and Americas Sales at Beaver-
Visitec International, a company combining former ophthalmic business units from BD and Medtronic; in this role he led 
global marketing to develop and implement strategic marketing plans in target surgical markets. Prior to this, he served in 
progressive positions at BD, including Director of Global Marketing & United States Sales. Earlier, he served as Marketing 
Manager, Global Life Sciences Market & Greater China Region at Eli Lilly & Company’s eLilly Unit (now InnoCentive, 
Inc.). Mr. Sun, holds an M.B.A. from the MIT Sloan School of Management, a M.S. in environmental science & engineering 
from Northeastern University and a B.S. in biochemistry from Peking University. 

Available Information and Website  

Our  website  address  is  www.harvardbioscience.com.  Our  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on 
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and exhibits and amendments to those reports filed or furnished with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act are available for review on our website and the 
Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. Any such materials that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC 
in the future will be available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or 
furnished to, the SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-
K. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors.  

The following factors should be reviewed carefully, in conjunction with the other information contained in this Annual 
Report  on  Form  10-K.  As  previously  discussed,  our  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  our  forward-looking 
statements. Our business faces a variety of risks. These risks include those described below and may include additional risks 
and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial. If any of the events or circumstances 
described  in  the  following  risk  factors  occur,  our  business  operations,  performance  and  financial  condition  could  be 
adversely affected and the trading price of our common stock could decline.  

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
Reductions in customers’ research budgets or government funding may adversely affect our business. 

Many  of  our  customers  representing  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  are  universities,  government  research 
laboratories, private foundations and other institutions who are dependent for their funding upon grants from U.S. government 
agencies, such as the United States National Institutes of Health (NIH), and similar agencies in other countries. Research and 
development spending of our customers can fluctuate based on spending priorities and general economic conditions. The 
level of government funding of research and development is unpredictable. There have been instances where NIH grants have 
been  frozen  or  otherwise  unavailable  for  extended  periods  or  directed  for  certain  products.  Any  reduction  or  delay  in 
governmental  spending  could  cause  our  customers  to  delay  or  forego  purchases  of  our  products.  If  government  funding 
necessary to purchase our products were to decrease, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely 
affected. Spending by some of these customers fluctuates based on budget allocations and the timely passage of the annual 
federal budget. An impasse in federal government budget decisions could lead to substantial delays or reductions in federal 
spending. 

With respect to acquisitions we have completed or may seek to consummate in the future, we have and will incur a variety 
of  costs,  and  may  never  realize  the  anticipated  benefits  of  the  acquisitions  due  in  part  to  difficulties  integrating  the 
businesses, operations and product lines.  

Our business strategy includes the acquisition of businesses, technologies, services or products that we believe are a 
strategic fit with our business. Most recently, in January 2018, we completed the acquisition of Data Sciences International, 
Inc., (DSI) a privately held physiologic monitoring business with headquarters in St. Paul, Minnesota. With respect to these 
recent acquisitions or if we undertake any future acquisition, the process of integrating the acquired business, technology, 
service or product may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and may absorb significant management 
attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business. Moreover, we may fail to realize the 
anticipated benefits of any acquisition as rapidly as expected or at all. Such transactions are inherently risky, and any such 
recent or future acquisitions could reduce stockholders’ ownership, cause us to incur debt, expose us to future liabilities and 
result in amortization expenses related to intangible assets with definite lives, which may adversely impact our ability to 
undertake future acquisitions on substantially similar terms. We may also incur significant expenditures in anticipation of an 
acquisition that is never realized. 

Our  ability  to achieve  the benefits  of acquisitions  depends  in part  on  the  integration and  leveraging of  technology, 
operations, sales and marketing channels and personnel. The integration process is a complex, time-consuming and expensive 
process and may disrupt our business if not completed in a timely and efficient manner. We may have difficulty successfully 
integrating acquired businesses, and their domestic and foreign operations or product lines, and as a result, we may not realize 
any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions we make. We cannot assure that our growth rate will equal the growth rates 
that have been experienced by us and these and other acquired companies, respectively, operating as separate companies in 
the past. 

We have substantial debt and other financial obligations and we may incur even more debt. Any failure to meet our debt 
and other financial obligations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

We have substantial debt and other financial obligations and significant unused borrowing capacity. On January 31, 
2018, we entered into a Financing Agreement with Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as agent and lender (the Financing 
Agreement). As of December 31, 2018, we had borrowings of $62.4 million under the Financing Agreement. The Financing 
Agreement includes financial covenants relating to leverage and fixed charges, as well as other customary affirmative and 
negative  covenants,  including  limitations  on  our  ability  to incur  additional indebtedness  and requires  lender  approval  for 
acquisitions funded with cash, promissory notes and/or other consideration in excess of $1.0 million and for acquisitions in 
excess of $0.5 million. If we are not in compliance with certain of these covenants, in addition to other actions the creditor 
may  require,  the  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Financing  Agreement  may  become  immediately  due  and  payable.  This 
immediate payment may negatively impact our financial condition. In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of 
interest  and  principal  on  our  outstanding  indebtedness  would  likely  harm  our  ability  to  incur  additional  indebtedness  on 
acceptable terms. Our cash flow and capital resources may be insufficient to pay interest and principal on our debt in the 
future. If that should occur, our capital raising or debt restructuring measures may be unsuccessful or inadequate to meet our 
scheduled debt service obligations, which could cause us to default on our obligations and further impair our liquidity. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The obligations under the Financing Agreement and related guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis (subject to 
certain liens permitted under the Financing Agreement) by a lien on substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of our 
company and the subsidiary guarantors, including all of the capital stock held by such obligors, subject to a 65% limitation 
on pledges of capital stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and certain other exceptions. Our Financing Agreement and related 
obligations: 

(cid:120)  Require us to dedicate significant cash flow to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, which reduces the 

funds we have available for other purposes; 

(cid:120)  May limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and market conditions or funding our 

strategic growth plan; 

(cid:120) 

Impose on us additional financial and operational restrictions; 

(cid:120)  Expose us to interest rate risk since a portion of our debt obligations is at variable rates (which is mitigated to a 
certain extent, by interest rate hedging transactions we entered into in connection with our Financing Agreement); 
and 

(cid:120)  Restrict our ability to fund certain acquisitions. 

In addition, investors may be apprehensive about investing in companies such as ours that carry a substantial amount 

of leverage on their balance sheets, and this apprehension may adversely affect the price of our common stock. 

Further, based upon our actual performance levels, our covenants relating to leverage and fixed charges could limit our 

ability to incur additional debt, which could hinder our ability to execute our current business strategy. 

Our  ability  to  make  scheduled  payments  on  our  debt  and  other  financial  obligations  and  comply  with  financial 
covenants depends on our financial and operating performance. Our financial and operating performance will continue to be 
subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 
Failure within any applicable grace or cure periods to may such payments, comply with the financial covenants, or any other 
non-financial or restrictive covenant, would create a default under our Financing Agreement. The maturity date with respect 
to the loans under the Financing Agreement is currently January 31, 2023. Our cash flow and existing capital resources may 
be insufficient to repay our debt at maturity, in which such case prior thereto we would have to extend such maturity date, or 
otherwise repay, refinance and or restructure the obligations under the Financing Agreement, including with proceeds from 
the sale of assets, and additional equity or debt capital. If we are unsuccessful in obtaining such extension, or entering into 
such repayment, refinance or restructure prior to maturity, or any other default existed under the Financing Agreement, our 
lenders  could accelerate the indebtedness under  the  Financing Agreement, foreclose  against  their  collateral  or  seek other 
remedies, which would jeopardize our ability to continue our current operations. 

A portion of our revenues are derived from customers from the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries and are 
subject to risks faced by those industries. Such risks may adversely affect our financial results.  

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. We expect that 
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies will continue to be a significant source of our revenues for the foreseeable 
future, including in our PCMI, Ephys and Data Sciences commercial product families. As a result, we are subject to risks and 
uncertainties  that  affect  the  pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  industries,  such  as  government  regulation,  ongoing 
consolidation, uncertainty of technological change, and reductions and delays in research and development expenditures by 
companies in these industries. 

In particular, the biotechnology industry is largely dependent on raising capital to fund its operations. If biotechnology 
companies that are our customers are unable to obtain the financing necessary to purchase our products, our business and 
results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, we are dependent, both directly and indirectly, upon general 
health care spending patterns, particularly in the research and development budgets of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology 
industries, as well as upon the financial condition and purchasing patterns of various governments and government agencies. 
As it relates to both the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, many companies have significant patents that have 
expired  or  are  about  to  expire,  which  could  result  in  reduced  revenues  for  those  companies.  If  pharmaceutical  or 
biotechnology companies that are our customers suffer reduced revenues as a result of these patent expirations, they may be 
unable to purchase our products, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

9 

  
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Customer, vendor and employee uncertainty about the effects of any of our acquisitions could harm us.  

The  customers  of  any  company  we  acquire,  including  DSI  and  others  in  the  future,  may,  in  response  to  the 
consummation  of  the  acquisition,  delay  or  defer  purchasing  decisions.  Any  delay  or  deferral  in  purchasing  decisions  by 
customers could adversely affect our business. Similarly, employees of acquired companies may experience uncertainty about 
their future role until or after we execute our post-acquisition strategies. This may adversely affect our ability to attract and 
retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel following an acquisition. 

Our business is subject to economic, political and other risks associated with international revenues and operations.  

We manufacture and sell our products worldwide and as a result, our business is subject to risks associated with doing 
business internationally. A substantial amount of our revenues are derived from international operations, and we anticipate 
that a significant portion of our sales will continue to come from outside the United States in the future. We anticipate that 
revenues from international operations will likely continue to increase as a result of our efforts to expand our business in 
markets abroad. In addition, a number of our manufacturing facilities and suppliers are located outside the United States. Our 
foreign operations subject us to certain risks, including: effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates (discussed 
below); the impact of local economic conditions; local product preferences and seasonality (discussed below) and product 
requirements;  local  difficulty  to  effectively  establish  and  expand  our  business  and  operations  in  international  markets; 
disruptions of capital and trading markets; restrictions and potentially negative tax implications of transfer of capital across 
borders; differing labor regulations; other factors beyond our control, including potential political instability, terrorism, acts 
of war, natural disasters and diseases; unexpected changes and increased enforcement of regulatory requirements and various 
state,  federal  and  international,  intellectual  property,  environmental,  antitrust,  anti-corruption,  fraud  and  abuse (including 
anti-kickback and false claims laws) and employment laws; interruption to transportation flows for delivery of parts to us and 
finished goods to our customers; and laws and regulations on foreign investment in the United States under the jurisdiction 
of the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States, or CFIUS, and other agencies, including the Foreign Investment 
Risk Review Modernization Act, or FIRRMA, adopted in August 2018. 

Specifically with respect to the expansion of our business into China, our financial performance may be subject to the 
following risks, among others affecting companies that operate in China: the impact of declining economic growth in China; 
regulation  of  foreign  investment  and  business  activities  by  the  Chinese  government,  including  recent  scrutiny  of  foreign 
companies, may limit our ability to expand our business in China; uncertainties with respect to the legal system in China may 
limit the legal protections available to us in China; government restrictions on the remittance of currency out of China and 
the ability of any subsidiary we may establish in China to pay dividends and make other distributions to us; and potential 
unfavorable tax consequences as a result of our operations in China. 

If  we  incur  higher  costs  as  a  result  of  trade  policies,  treaties,  government  regulations  or  tariffs,  we  may  become  less 
profitable.  

There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and China, including 
with  respect  to  trade policies,  treaties,  government  regulations  and  tariffs.  The  current  U.S. administration  has  called  for 
substantial changes to U.S. foreign trade policy including greater restrictions on international trade and significant increases 
in tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. Under the current status, we do not expect that this tariff will significantly impact 
any  Harvard  Bioscience  products  and  thus  the  tariff  should  not have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition or results of operations. We are unable to predict whether or when additional tariffs will be imposed or the impact 
of any such future tariff increases. 

Recently enacted U.S. government tax reform could have a negative impact on the results of future operations. 

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law H.R. 1, originally known as the “Tax Cuts 
and Jobs Act”, hereafter referred to as “the Tax Act”, to be effective as of January 1, 2018. The Tax Act contained certain 
substantial changes to the Internal Revenue Code, some of which could have an adverse effect on our business. Among other 
things, the Tax Act reduces the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, imposes significant additional limitations on the 
deductibility of interest, and allows the expensing of capital expenditures. The Tax Act is highly complex and subject to 
interpretation. The presentation of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our current interpretation 
of the provisions contained in the Tax Reform Act. The Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service continue to 
release regulations relating to and interpretive guidance of the legislation contained in the Tax Act. Any significant variance 
of our current interpretation of such legislation from any future regulations or interpretive guidance could result in a change 
to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations and could negatively affect our business. 

10 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations may have a negative impact on our reported earnings.  

We are also subject to the risks of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates, which could have an adverse effect on 
the sales price of our products in foreign markets, as well as the costs and expenses of our foreign subsidiaries. A substantial 
amount of our revenues are derived from international operations, and we anticipate that a significant portion of revenues 
will continue to come from outside the United States in the future. As a result, currency fluctuations among the United States 
dollar, British pound, euro and the other currencies in which we do business have caused and will continue to cause foreign 
currency translation and transaction gains and losses. We have not used forward exchange contracts to hedge our foreign 
currency exposures. We attempt to manage foreign currency risk through the matching of assets and liabilities. In the future, 
we  may  undertake  to  manage  foreign  currency  risk  through  hedging  methods,  including  foreign  currency  contracts.  We 
recognize foreign currency gains or losses arising from our operations in the period incurred. We cannot guarantee that we 
will be successful in managing foreign currency risk or in predicting the effects of exchange rate fluctuations upon our future 
operating results because of the number of currencies involved, the variability of currency exposure and the potential volatility 
of currency exchange rates. We cannot predict with any certainty changes in foreign currency exchange rates or the degree 
to which we can address these risks. 

Economic conditions and regulatory changes caused by the United Kingdom’s likely exit from the European Union could 
adversely affect our business. 

In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the U.K.) held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the European 
Union (E.U.), commonly referred to as Brexit. On March 29, 2017, the U.K. formally notified the E.U. of its intention to 
withdraw pursuant to the Treaty on European Union. The withdrawal of the U.K. from the E.U. will take effect either when 
agreed upon or, in the absence of such an agreement, two years after the U.K. provided its notice of withdrawal. It appears 
likely that this withdrawal will involve a process of lengthy negotiations between the U.K. and the E.U. member states to 
determine the terms of the withdrawal as well as the U.K.’s relationship with the E.U. going forward. The announcement of 
Brexit has resulted in significant volatility in global stock market and currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in 
strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies in which we conduct business. The announcement of 
Brexit  and  the  likely  withdrawal  of  the  U.K.  from  the  E.U.  may  also  create  global  economic  uncertainty,  including  an 
uncertain funding environment for U.K. customers receiving funding from the E.U, which may cause our customers to closely 
monitor their costs and reduce their spending budgets. The effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements the U.K. makes 
to retain access to E.U. markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. Since a significant proportion of the 
regulatory framework in the U.K. is derived from E.U. directives and regulations, the referendum could materially change 
the regulatory regime applicable to the approval of any product candidates in the U.K. In addition, since the EMA is located 
in the U.K., the implications for the regulatory review process in the E.U. has not been clarified and could result in relocation 
of the EMA or a disruption in the EMA review process. 

Further, Brexit could adversely affect European and worldwide economic or market conditions and could contribute to 
instability in global financial markets. Brexit is likely to lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and 
regulations as the U.K. determines which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. This could adversely affect our business, financial 
condition, operating results and cash flows. 

Domestic and global economic conditions could adversely affect our operations. 

We  are  subject  to  the  risks  arising  from  adverse  changes  in  domestic  and  global  economic  conditions.  If  global 
economic and market conditions, or economic conditions in the United States, deteriorate, we may experience an adverse 
effect  on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  Concerns  about  credit  markets,  consumer  confidence, 
economic conditions, government spending to sponsor life science research, volatile corporate profits and reduced capital 
spending could negatively impact demand for our products. If economic growth in the United States and other countries slows 
or deteriorates, customers may delay or forego purchases of our products. Unstable economic, political and social conditions 
make it difficult for our customers, our suppliers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. If such 
conditions exist, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. We cannot project the extent of the 
impact of the economic environment on our industry or us. 

Changes in governmental regulations may reduce demand for our products, adversely impact our revenues, or increase 
our expenses.  

We compete in many markets in which we and our customers must comply with federal, state, local and international 
regulations. We  develop,  configure  and  market our products to  meet  customer  needs  created by  those  regulations.  These 
requirements include, among other things, regulations regarding manufacturing practices, product labeling, and advertising 
and post marketing reporting. We must incur expense and spend time and effort to ensure compliance with these complex 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
regulations. Possible regulatory actions for non-compliance could include warning letters, fines, damages, injunctions, civil 
penalties,  recalls,  seizures  of  our  products,  and  criminal  prosecution.  These  actions  could  result  in,  among  other  things, 
substantial modifications to our business practices and operations; refunds, recalls, or seizures of our products; a total or 
partial shutdown of production in one or more of our facilities while we or our suppliers remedy the alleged violation; and 
withdrawals or suspensions of current products from the market. Any of these events could disrupt our business and have a 
material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and financial condition. 

We continue to expand our business into foreign countries and international markets. If our products are not accepted in 
these new markets our financial performance may suffer.  

We continue to aggressively expand our sales and marketing efforts in foreign countries and international markets. The 
cost and diversion of resources to these efforts may not result in an increase in revenues in our business. Expansion of our 
business into new markets may be more costly and require the devotion of more of our management’s time than we anticipate, 
which may hurt our business performance in other markets. Our operating results may suffer to the extent that our efforts to 
expand our product sales in these new markets are delayed or prove to be unsuccessful. 

The life sciences industry is very competitive. 

We expect to encounter increased competition from both established and development-stage companies that continually 
enter the market. These include companies developing and marketing life science instruments, systems and lab consumables, 
health  care  companies  that  manufacture  laboratory-based  tests  and  analyzers,  diagnostic  and  pharmaceutical  companies, 
analytical  instrument  companies,  and  companies  developing  life  science  or  drug  discovery  technologies.  Currently,  our 
principal competition comes from established companies that provide products that perform many of the same functions for 
which  we  market  our  products.  Many  of  our  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial,  operational,  marketing  and 
technical resources than we do. Moreover, these competitors may offer broader product lines and tactical discounts, and may 
have greater name recognition. In addition, we may face competition from new entrants into the field. We may not have the 
financial resources, technical expertise or marketing, distribution or support capabilities to compete successfully in the future. 
In  addition,  we  face  changing  customer  preferences  and  requirements,  including  increased  customer  demand  for  more 
environmentally-friendly products. 

The  life sciences  industry is also  subject  to  rapid  technological  change and  discovery.  The development  of new  or 
improved products, processes or technologies by other companies may render our products or proposed products obsolete or 
less competitive. In some instances, our competitors may develop or market products that are more effective or commercially 
attractive than our current or future products. To meet the evolving needs of customers, we must continually enhance our 
current and planned products and develop and introduce new products. However, we may experience difficulties that may 
delay  or  prevent  the  successful  development,  introduction  and  marketing  of  new  products  or  product  enhancements.  In 
addition, our product lines are based on complex technologies that are subject to change as new technologies are developed 
and introduced in the marketplace. We may have difficulty in keeping abreast of the changes affecting each of the different 
markets we serve or intend to serve. Our failure to develop and introduce products in a timely manner in response to changing 
technology, market demands or the requirements of our customers could cause our product sales to decline, and we could 
experience significant losses. 

We offer and plan to offer a broad range of products and have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial 
expenses for development of new products and enhanced versions of our existing products. The speed of technological change 
in our market may prevent us from being able to successfully market some or all of our products for the length of time required 
to  recover  development  costs.  Failure  to  recover  the  development  costs  of  one  or  more  products  or  product  lines  could 
decrease our profitability or cause us to experience significant losses. 

Ethical concerns surrounding the use of our products and misunderstanding of the nature of our business could adversely 
affect our ability to develop and sell our existing products and new products.  

Some of our products may be used in areas of research usage involving animal research and other techniques presently 
being explored in the life science industry. These techniques have drawn negative attention in the public forum. Government 
authorities may regulate or prohibit any of these activities. Additionally, the public may disfavor or reject these activities. 

If we are not able to manage our growth, our operating profits may be adversely impacted.  

Our success will depend on the expansion of our operations through both organic growth and acquisitions. Effective 
growth  management  will  place  increased  demands  on  our  management  team,  operational  and  financial  resources  and 
expertise. To manage growth, we must expand our facilities, optimize our operational, financial and management systems, 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and hire and train additional qualified personnel. Failure to manage this growth effectively could impair our ability to generate 
revenues  or  could  cause  our  expenses  to  increase  more  rapidly  than  revenues,  resulting  in  operating  losses  or  reduced 
profitability. 

Failure or inadequacy of our information technology infrastructure or software could adversely affect our day-to-day 
operations and decision-making processes and have an adverse effect on our performance. 

We depend on accurate and timely information and numerical data from key software applications to aid our day-to-
day  business,  financial  reporting  and  decision-making  and,  in  many  cases,  proprietary  and  custom-designed  software  is 
necessary to operate our business. We are upgrading our disaster recovery procedures for our critical systems. However, any 
disruption  caused  by  the  failure  of  these  systems,  the  underlying  equipment,  or  communication  networks  could  delay  or 
otherwise adversely impact our day-to-day business and decision making, could make it impossible for us to operate critical 
equipment, and could have an adverse effect on our performance, if our disaster recovery plans do not mitigate the disruption. 
Disruptions could be caused by a variety of factors, such as catastrophic events or weather, power outages, or cyber-attacks 
on our systems by outside parties. 

An  information  security  incident,  including  a  cybersecurity  breach,  could  have  a  negative  impact  to  our  business  or 
reputation 

To meet business objectives, we rely on both internal information technology (IT) systems and networks, and those of 
third parties and their vendors, to process and store sensitive data, including confidential research, business plans, financial 
information,  intellectual  property,  and  personal  data  that  may  be  subject  to  legal  protection.  The  extensive  information 
security and cybersecurity threats, which affect companies globally, pose a risk to the security and availability of these IT 
systems and networks, and the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our sensitive data. We continually assess these 
threats and make investments to increase internal protection, detection, and response capabilities, as well as ensure our third 
party providers have required capabilities and controls, to address this risk. To date, we have not experienced any material 
impact to the business or operations resulting from information or cybersecurity attacks; however, because of the frequently 
changing attack techniques, along with the increased volume and sophistication of the attacks, there is the potential for us to 
be adversely impacted. This impact could result in reputational, competitive, operational or other business harm as well as 
financial costs and regulatory action. 

We may experience difficulties implementing IT systems including enterprise resource planning systems.  

We have been engaged in a project to upgrade and harmonize our enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems. Our 
ERP  systems  are  critical  to  our  ability  to  accurately  maintain  books  and  records,  record  transactions,  provide  important 
information to our management and prepare our financial statements. The implementation of any IT systems, including ERP 
systems has required in the past, and may continue to require, the investment of significant financial and human resources. 
In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  complete  the  implementation  of  the  ERP  systems  without  experiencing 
difficulties.  Any  disruptions,  delays  or  deficiencies  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  any  IT  system,  including  ERP 
systems  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  process  orders,  ship  products,  provide  services  and  customer  support,  send 
invoices and track payments, fulfill contractual obligations or otherwise operate our business. 

We  may  incur  additional  restructuring  costs  or  not  realize  the  expected  benefits of our  initiatives  to  reduce operating 
expenses to date and in the future.  

We may not be able to implement all of the actions that we intend to take in the restructuring of our operations and we 
may  not  be  able  to  fully  realize  the  expected  benefits  from  such  realignment  and  restructuring  plans  or  other  similar 
restructurings in the future. In addition, we may incur additional restructuring costs in implementing such realignment and 
restructuring plans or other similar future plans in excess of our expectations. The implementation of our restructuring efforts, 
including the reduction of our workforce, may not improve our operational and cost structure or result in greater efficiency 
of  our  organization;  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  support  sustainable  revenue  growth  and  profitability  following  such 
restructurings. 

Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future.  

We  will  consider  the  acquisition  of other businesses. However, we  may not have  the  opportunity to  make  suitable 
acquisitions on favorable terms in the future, which could negatively impact the growth of our business. In order to pursue 
such opportunities, we may require significant additional financing, which may not be available to us on favorable terms, if 
at all. We expect that our competitors, many of which have significantly greater resources than we do, will compete with us 
to acquire businesses. This competition could increase prices for acquisitions that we would likely pursue. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We may be the subject of lawsuits from counterparties to acquisitions and divestitures, including an acquiring company 
or  its  stockholders,  an  acquired  company’s  previous  stockholders,  a  divested  company’s  stockholders  or  our  current 
stockholders.  

We  may  be  the  subject  of  lawsuits  from  either  an  acquiring  company  or  its  stockholders,  an  acquired  company’s 
previous stockholders, a divested company’s stockholders or our current stockholders. Such lawsuits could result from the 
actions  of  the  acquisition  or  divestiture  target  prior  to  the  date  of  the  acquisition  or  divestiture,  from  the  acquisition  or 
divestiture transaction itself or from actions after the acquisition or divestiture. Defending potential lawsuits could cost us 
significant expense and detract management’s attention from the operation of the business. Additionally, these lawsuits could 
result in the cancellation of or the inability to renew certain insurance coverage that would be necessary to protect our assets. 

Failure  to  raise  additional  capital  or  generate  the  significant  capital  necessary  to  implement our  acquisition  strategy, 
expand our operations and invest in new products could reduce our ability to compete and result in less revenues.  

We anticipate that our financial resources, which include available cash, cash generated from operations, and debt and 
equity capacity, will be sufficient to finance operations and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. However, 
this expectation is premised on the current operating plan, which may change as a result of many factors, including market 
acceptance  of  new  products  and  future  opportunities  with  collaborators.  Consequently,  we  may  need  additional  funding 
sooner than anticipated. In addition, our Financing Agreement is not sufficient to fund our acquisition strategy. In such case, 
our inability to raise sufficient capital on favorable terms and in a timely manner (if at all) could seriously harm our business, 
product development, and acquisition efforts. In addition, our Financing Agreement contains limitations on our ability to 
incur additional indebtedness and requires lender approval for acquisitions funded with cash, promissory notes and/or other 
consideration in excess of $1.0 million and for acquisitions in excess of $0.5 million. If future financing is not available or is 
not available on acceptable terms, we may have to alter our operations or change our business strategy. We cannot assure you 
that the capital required to fund operations or our acquisition strategy will be available in the future. 

If we raise additional funds through the sale of equity or convertible debt or equity-linked securities, existing percentages 
of ownership in our common stock will be reduced and these transactions may dilute the value of our outstanding common 
stock. 

We may raise additional funds through the sale of equity or convertible debt or equity-linked securities to repay our 
existing indebtedness, implement our acquisition strategy, expand our operations and/or invest in new products. If we so raise 
additional  funds  through  such  sales,  existing  percentages  of  ownership  in  our  common  stock  will  be  reduced  and  these 
transactions may dilute the value of our outstanding common stock. We may issue securities that have rights, preferences and 
privileges senior to our common stock. If we raise additional funds through collaborations or licensing arrangements, we may 
relinquish rights to certain of our technologies or products, or grant licenses to third parties on terms that are unfavorable. 

Our stock price has fluctuated in the past and could experience substantial declines in the future.  

The market price of our common stock has experienced significant fluctuations and may become volatile and could 

decline in the future, perhaps substantially, in response to various factors including, but not limited to: 

(cid:120)  Significant sales of our common stock, whether by us or our shareholders; 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

volatility of the financial markets; 

uncertainty regarding the prospects of the domestic and foreign economies; 

technological innovations by competitors or in competing technologies; 

revenues and operating results fluctuating or failing to meet the expectations of management, securities analysts, or 
investors in any quarter; 

comments  of  securities  analysts  and  mistakes  by  or  misinterpretation  of  comments  from  analysts,  downward 
revisions in securities analysts’ estimates or management guidance; 

investment banks and securities analysts becoming subject to lawsuits that may adversely affect the perception of 
the market; 
conditions or trends in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries; 

14 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

announcements of significant acquisitions or financings or strategic partnerships; 

failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the DSI acquisition; 

non-compliance with the internal control standards pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and 

a decrease in the demand for our common stock. 

In  addition,  public  stock  markets  have  experienced  extreme  price  and  trading  volatility.  The  stock  market  and  the 
NASDAQ Global Market in general, and the biotechnology industry and small cap markets in particular, have experienced 
significant  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  at  times  may  have  been  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  the  operating 
performance of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may further harm the market price of our common 
stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted following 
periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. A securities class action suit against us could result in 
substantial costs, potential liabilities and the diversion of management’s attention and resources. 

As a result of our spin-off of Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc., now known as Biostage, together with 
certain related transactions, third parties may seek to hold us responsible for Biostage’s liabilities, including liabilities 
that Biostage has assumed from us. 

Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for Biostage’s liabilities, including any of the liabilities that Biostage 
agreed to retain or assume in connection with the separation of the Biostage business from our businesses, and related spin-
off distribution. On April 14, 2017, anticipated representatives for the estate of an individual plaintiff filed a wrongful death 
complaint  with  the  Suffolk  Superior  Court,  in  the  County  of  Suffolk,  Massachusetts,  against  us  and  other  defendants, 
including Biostage, as well as another third party. The complaint seeks payment for an unspecified amount of damages and 
alleges that the plaintiff sustained terminal injuries allegedly caused by products, including synthetic trachea scaffolds and 
bioreactors, provided by certain of the named defendants and utilized in connection with surgeries performed by third parties 
in 2012 and 2013. The litigation is at an early stage and we continue to vigorously defend this case through our liability 
insurance carrier from whom we have requested defense and indemnification of any losses incurred in connection with this 
lawsuit. Any such product liability insurance coverage may not be sufficient to satisfy all liabilities resulting from this claim. 
If claims against us substantially exceed our coverage, then our business could be adversely impacted. While we believe that 
such claim is without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of such litigation. Pursuant to our agreements with 
Biostage, Biostage has agreed to indemnify us for claims and losses relating to certain liabilities that it has assumed from us, 
including  liabilities  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  Biostage’s  products,  intellectually  property  infringement  and  other 
liabilities related to the operation of Biostage’s business. However, if those liabilities are significant and we are ultimately 
held liable for them, we cannot assure you that Biostage will have the ability to satisfy its obligations to us, in particular due 
to Biostage having limited revenues, products in early stage development and a need for additional funds in the future. If 
Biostage is unable to satisfy its obligations under its indemnity to us, we may have to satisfy these obligations, which could 
have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.  

Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we review our goodwill and intangible assets for 
impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is also 
required to be tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating 
that the carrying value of our goodwill or other intangible assets may not be recoverable include a decline in our stock price 
and  market  capitalization,  future  cash  flows,  and  slower  growth  rates  in  our  industry.  We  may  be  required  to  record  a 
significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or other 
intangible assets is determined, which could adversely impact our results of operations. 

Accounting for goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets may have an adverse effect on us.  

We assess the recoverability of identifiable intangibles with finite lives and other long-lived assets, such as property, 
plant and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not 
be recoverable in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards 
Codification (ASC) 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment”. In accordance with FASB ASC 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and 
Other”, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives from acquisitions are evaluated annually, or more frequently, if 
events or circumstances indicate there may be an impairment, to determine whether any portion of the remaining balance of 

15 

   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles may not be recoverable. If it is determined in the future that a portion of our goodwill 
and other intangible assets is impaired, we will be required to write off that portion of the asset according to the methods 
defined by FASB ASC 360 and FASB ASC 350, which could have an adverse effect on net income for the period in which 
the write-off occurs. At December 31, 2018, we had goodwill and intangible assets of $103.1 million, or 61%, of our total 
assets and we concluded that none of our goodwill or other intangible assets was impaired. 

If our accounting estimates are not correct, our financial results could be adversely affected.  

Management judgment and estimates are required in the application of our Critical Accounting Policies. We discuss 
these  estimates  in  the  subsection  entitled  critical  accounting  policies  beginning  on  page  28  in  Item  7,  Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  in  this  Annual  Report.  If  our  estimates  are 
incorrect, our future financial operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. 

If we fail to retain key personnel and hire, train and retain qualified employees, we may not be able to compete effectively, 
which could result in reduced revenue or increased costs.  

Our success is highly dependent on the continued services of key management, technical and scientific personnel. Our 
management and other employees may voluntarily terminate their employment at any time upon short notice. The loss of the 
services of any member of the senior management team, including the Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey A. Duchemin; the 
Chief Financial Officer, Kam Unninayar; or any of the managerial, technical or scientific staff may significantly delay or 
prevent the achievement of product development, our growth strategies and other business objectives. Our future success will 
also depend on our ability to identify, recruit and retain additional qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. 
We  operate  in  several  geographic  locations  where  labor  markets  are  particularly  competitive,  including  the  Boston, 
Massachusetts metropolitan area, England, and Germany where demand for personnel with these skills is extremely high and 
is  likely  to  remain  high.  As  a  result,  competition  for  qualified  personnel  is  intense,  particularly  in  the  areas  of  general 
management, finance, information technology, engineering and science, and the process of hiring suitably qualified personnel 
is often lengthy and expensive, and may become more expensive in the future. If we are unable to hire and retain a sufficient 
number of qualified employees, our ability to conduct and expand our business could be seriously reduced. 

If we are unable to effectively protect our intellectual property, third parties may use our technology, which would impair 
our ability to compete in our markets.  

Our continued success will depend in significant part on our ability to obtain and maintain meaningful patent protection 
for certain of our products throughout the world. Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the technology fields in which 
we operate is still evolving. The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain. We also own numerous 
United States registered trademarks and trade names and have applications for the registration of trademarks and trade names 
pending. We rely on patents to protect a significant part of our intellectual property and to enhance our competitive position. 
However, our presently pending or future patent applications may not be accepted and patents might not be issued, and any 
patent previously issued to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented. Furthermore, the claims 
in patents which have been issued or which may be issued to us in the future may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third 
parties from producing competing products similar to our products. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries in which 
we compete may not protect our intellectual property to the same extent, as do the laws of the United States. If we fail to 
obtain  adequate  patent  protection  for  our  proprietary  technology,  our  ability  to  be  commercially  competitive  could  be 
materially impaired. 

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on protection of trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary 
information.  To  maintain  the  confidentiality of  trade-secrets  and proprietary  information,  we generally  seek  to  enter  into 
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and strategic partners upon the commencement of a relationship. 
However, we may not be able to obtain these agreements in all circumstances in part due to local regulations. In the event of 
unauthorized use or disclosure of this information, these agreements, even if obtained, may not provide meaningful protection 
for  our  trade-secrets  or  other  confidential  information.  In  addition,  adequate  remedies  may  not  exist  in  the  event  of 
unauthorized use or disclosure of this information. The loss or exposure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information 
would impair our competitive advantages and could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and 
future growth prospects. 

16 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The manufacture, sale and use of products and services may expose us to product liability claims for which we could have 
substantial liability.  

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims if our products, services or product candidates, 
including without limitation, any of our life science research tools are alleged or found to have caused injury, damage or loss. 
We may in the future be unable to obtain insurance with adequate levels of coverage for potential liability on acceptable 
terms or claims of this nature may be excluded from coverage under the terms of any insurance policy that we can obtain. If 
we are unable to obtain such insurance or the amounts of any claims successfully brought against us substantially exceed our 
coverage, then our business could be adversely impacted. 

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents that would be expensive and time-consuming.  

In order to protect or enforce our patent rights, we may initiate patent litigation  against third parties. We may also 
become subject to interference proceedings conducted in the patent and trademark offices of various countries to determine 
the  priority  of  inventions.  Several  of  our  products  are  based  on  patents  that  are  closely  surrounded  by  patents  held  by 
competitors or potential competitors. As a result, we believe there is a greater likelihood of a patent dispute than would be 
expected if our patents were not closely surrounded by other patents. The defense and prosecution, if necessary, of intellectual 
property  suits,  interference  proceedings  and  related  legal  and  administrative  proceedings  would  be  costly  and  divert  our 
technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. We may not prevail in any of these suits should they 
occur. An adverse determination of any litigation or defense proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or 
interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of being rejected and no patents being issued. 

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, 
there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. 
For example, during the course of this kind of litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, 
motions or other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation. Securities analysts or investors may perceive these 
announcements to be negative, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline. 

Our success will depend partly on our ability to operate without infringing on or misappropriating the intellectual property 
rights of others.  

We may be sued for infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, including the patent rights, trademarks and 
trade names of third parties. Intellectual property litigation is costly and the outcome is uncertain. If we do not prevail in any 
intellectual property litigation, in addition to any damages we might have to pay, we could be required to stop the infringing 
activity, or obtain a license to or design around the intellectual property in question. If we are unable to obtain a required 
license on acceptable terms, or are unable to design around any third party patent, we may be unable to sell some of our 
products and services, which could result in reduced revenue. 

Rising commodity and precious metals costs could adversely impact our profitability.  

Raw material commodities such as resins, and precious metal commodities such as platinum are subject to wide price 
variations. Increases in the costs of these commodities and the costs of energy, transportation and other necessary services 
may adversely affect our profit margins if we are unable to pass along any higher costs in the form of price increases or 
otherwise achieve cost efficiencies such as in manufacturing and distribution. 

Regulations related to conflict minerals may force us to incur additional expenses and otherwise adversely impact our 
business. 

The SEC has promulgated final rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, 
tungsten  and  gold,  known  as  conflict  minerals,  in  products  manufactured  by  public  companies.  These  new  rules  require 
ongoing due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the DRC) or 
an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC. Reporting obligations for the 
rule began on May 31, 2014 and are required annually thereafter. There will be costs associated with complying with these 
disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of conflict minerals in our products. The implementation of 
these rules and their effect on customer, supplier and/or consumer behavior could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and 
pricing of materials used in our products. As a result, we may also incur costs with respect to potential changes to products, 
processes or sources of supply. We may face disqualification as a supplier for customers and reputational challenges if the 
due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products, 
including that such minerals did not originate from any of the covered conflict countries. Accordingly, the implementation 
of these rules could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition. 

17 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Provisions of Delaware law, of our charter and bylaws may make a takeover more difficult, which could cause our stock 
price to decline.  

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and in the Delaware corporate law may make it difficult and 
expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt, which is opposed by management 
and  the  board  of  directors.  Public  stockholders  who  might  desire  to  participate  in  such  a  transaction  may  not  have  an 
opportunity to do so. We have a staggered board of directors that makes it difficult for stockholders to change the composition 
of the board of directors in any one year. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public 
stockholders to change our management and board of directors. Such provisions may also limit the price that investors might 
be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future. 

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.  

Although our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for the shares may 
not be sustained. This could negatively affect the price for our common stock, including investors’ ability to buy or sell our 
common stock and the listing thereof. 

Your percentage ownership will be diluted in the future because of equity award issuances. 

Your percentage ownership will be diluted in the future because of equity awards that we expect will be granted to 
our directors, officers and employees, as well as shares of common stock, or securities convertible into common stock, we 
issue in connection with future capital raising or strategic transactions. Our Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option 
and  Incentive  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  equity-based  awards,  including  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,  stock 
options, stock appreciation rights and other equity-based awards to our directors, officers and other employees, advisors and 
consultants. The issuance of any shares of our stock would dilute the proportionate ownership and voting power of existing 
security holders. 

Any issuance of preferred stock in the future may dilute the rights of our common stockholders.  

Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, 
privileges and other terms of these shares. The board of directors may exercise this authority without any further approval of 
stockholders. The rights of the holders of common stock may be adversely affected by the rights of future holders of preferred 
stock. 

Cash dividends will not likely be paid on our common stock.  

Currently, we intend to retain all of our earnings to finance the expansion and development of our business and do not 
anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the near future. As a result, capital appreciation, if 
any, of our common stock will be a stockholder’s sole source of gain for the near future. 

Changes in the European regulatory environment regarding privacy and data protection regulations could have a material 
adverse impact on our results of operations. 

The E.U. has recently adopted a comprehensive overhaul of its data protection regime in the form of the General Data 
Protection Regulation (GDPR), which comes into effect in May 2018. GDPR extends the scope of the existing E.U. data 
protection law to foreign companies processing personal data of E.U. residents. The regulation imposes a strict data protection 
compliance regime with severe penalties of 4% of worldwide turnover or €20 million, whichever is greater, and includes new 
rights such as the right of erasure of personal data. Although the GDPR will apply across the E.U., as has been the case under 
the current data protection regime, E.U. Member States have some national derogations and local data protection authorities 
(DPAs) will still have the ability to interpret the GDPR, which has the potential to create inconsistencies on a country-by-
country basis. Implementation of, and compliance with the GDPR could increase our cost of doing business and/or force us 
to  change our business  practices  in  a  manner  adverse  to our business. In  addition,  violations of  the GDPR may  result  in 
significant fines, penalties and damage to our brand and business which could, individually or in the aggregate, materially 
harm our business and reputation. 

We are subject to new U.S. foreign investment regulations which may impose additional burdens on or may limit certain 
investors' ability to purchase our common stock, potentially making our common stock less attractive to investors. 

In  October  2018,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Treasury  announced  a  pilot  program  to  implement  part  of  the  Foreign 
Investment Risk Review Modernization Act, or FIRRMA, effective November 10, 2018.  The pilot program expands the 

18 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
jurisdiction of the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States, or CFIUS, to include certain direct or indirect 
foreign investments in a defined category of U.S. companies.  Among other things, FIRRMA empowers CFIUS to require 
certain foreign investors to make mandatory filings and permits CFIUS to charge filing fees related to such filings.  Such 
filings are subject to review by CFIUS.  Any such restrictions on the ability to purchase shares of our common stock that 
have  the  effect  of delaying  or deterring  a  change  in  control  could  limit  the  opportunity  for our stockholders  to receive  a 
premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our 
common stock. 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments.  

None. 

Item 2. 

Properties.  

Our  twelve  principal  facilities  incorporate  manufacturing,  research  and  development,  sales  and  marketing,  and 

administration functions. Our facilities consist of: 

(cid:121) a leased 95,529 square foot facility in New Brighton, Minnesota; 

(cid:121) a leased 83,123 square foot facility in Holliston, Massachusetts, which includes our corporate headquarters; 

(cid:121) a leased 22,449 square foot facility in Reutlingen, Germany; 

(cid:121) a leased 20,853 square foot facility in Barcelona, Spain; 

(cid:121) a leased 12,031 square foot facility in March-Hugstetten, Germany. 

We also lease additional facilities in Cambourne, England; Hamden, Connecticut; Kista, Sweden; Shanghai, China; 

Les Ulis, France; St. Augustin, Germany; and Montreal, Canada. 

We believe our current facilities are adequate for our needs for the foreseeable future. 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings.  

On April 14, 2017, anticipated representatives for the estate of an individual plaintiff filed a wrongful death complaint 
with  the  Suffolk  Superior  Court,  in  the  County  of  Suffolk,  Massachusetts,  against  the  Company  and  other  defendants, 
including Biostage, Inc. (f/k/a Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc.), our former subsidiary that was spun off 
in 2013, as well as another third party. The complaint seeks payment for an unspecified amount of damages and alleges that 
the plaintiff sustained terminal injuries allegedly caused by products, including synthetic trachea scaffolds and bioreactors, 
provided by certain of the named defendants and utilized in connection with surgeries performed by third parties in 2012 and 
2013. The litigation is at an early stage and the Company intends to vigorously defend this case and has contacted its liability 
insurance carrier to request defense and indemnification of any losses incurred in connection with this lawsuit. While we 
believe that such claim is without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of such litigation. 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not Applicable. 

19 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
PART II  

Item 5. 

Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities.  

Price Range of Common Stock  

Our common stock has been quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market since our initial public offering on December 7, 
2000, and currently trades under the symbol “HBIO.” The following table sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices 
per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market for the quarterly periods indicated. 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018 
First Quarter ............................................................................................................................    $ 
Second Quarter ........................................................................................................................    $ 
Third Quarter ...........................................................................................................................    $ 
Fourth Quarter .........................................................................................................................    $ 

High 

Low 

5.15     $ 
5.95     $ 
6.65     $ 
5.00     $ 

3.30   
4.20   
5.00   
3.03   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017 
First Quarter ............................................................................................................................    $ 
Second Quarter ........................................................................................................................    $ 
Third Quarter ...........................................................................................................................    $ 
Fourth Quarter .........................................................................................................................    $ 

High 

Low 

3.25     $ 
2.75     $ 
3.75     $ 
3.80     $ 

2.55   
2.30   
2.35   
3.08   

On March 7, 2019, the closing sale price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market was $3.79 per share. 
There were 109 holders of record of our common stock as of March 7, 2019. We believe that the number of beneficial owners 
of our common stock at that date was substantially greater. 

Dividend Policy  

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock in the past and do not intend to pay cash dividends 
on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of 
our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors 
our Board of Directors deems relevant. 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Not applicable. 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

Forward-Looking Statements  

The  following  section  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  entitled  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  contains  statements  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact  and  are 
forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  federal securities  laws.  These  statements  involve  known  and  unknown 
risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially 
different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These 
statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and 
uncertainties. Factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements 
include those factors described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You 
should carefully review all of these factors, as well as the comprehensive discussion of forward-looking statements on page 1 
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Overview  

Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  is  a  global  developer,  manufacturer,  marketer  and  provider  of  a 
broad range of scientific instruments, systems, software and services used to advance life science for basic research, drug 
discovery, physiologic monitoring, clinical and environmental testing. Our products and services are sold to thousands of 
researchers in over 100 countries through our global sales organization, websites, catalogs, and through distributors including 

20 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., VWR and other specialized distributors. We have sales and manufacturing operations in the 
United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Spain, France, Canada, Italy and China. 

We  are  pursuing  a  strategy  to  grow  the  business  organically  as  well  as  through  strategic,  accretive  acquisitions, 
including five acquisitions since the fourth quarter of 2014. In January 2018, we acquired Data Sciences International, Inc. 
(DSI) for approximately $71.1 million. DSI, a St. Paul, Minnesota-based life science research company, is a recognized leader 
in physiologic monitoring focused on delivering preclinical products, systems, services and solutions to its customers. Its 
customers include pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as contract research organizations, academic labs 
and government researchers. This acquisition diversifies our customer base into the biopharmaceutical and contract research 
organization markets and offers revenue and cost synergies. The acquisition also helped to increase our gross profit margins. 

We have also conducted a multi-year restructuring program to reduce costs, align global functions and consolidate 
facilities to optimize our global footprint, divest non-core businesses and to reinvest in key areas such as sales and marketing 
and new product development through R&D. As part of these efforts, during the first quarter of 2018, we sold substantially 
all the assets of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Denville Scientific, Inc. (Denville) for approximately $20.0 million, which 
included a $3.0 million earn-out provision. Denville was a laboratory products supplier that was no longer core to our vision. 

Our Strategy  

Our vision is to be a world leading life science company that excels in meeting the needs of our customers by providing 
a wide breadth of innovative products and solutions, while providing exemplary customer service. Our business strategy is 
to grow our top-line and bottom-line, and build shareholder value through a commitment to: 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

commercial excellence; 

organic growth; 

operational efficiencies; 

new product development; and 

strategic acquisitions. 

In the table below, we provide an overview of selected operating metrics. 

Revenues ..............................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenues ...................................................................      
Sales and marketing expenses ..............................................      
General and administrative expenses ...................................      
Research and development expenses ....................................      
Amortization of intangible assets .........................................      
Other expense, net ................................................................      
Income from discontinued operations ..................................      

Components of Operating Income 

2018 

120,774       
57,593       
24,443       
21,382       
10,988       
5,384       
8,959       
1,377       

% of 
Revenues 

2017 
(dollars in thousands) 
       $ 
47.7 %     
20.2 %     
17.7 %     
9.1 %     
4.5 %     
7.4 %     
1.1 %     

77,407       
38,237       
15,082       
17,525       
5,645       
1,553       
1,986       
1,151       

% of 
Revenues 

49.4 % 
19.5 % 
22.6 % 
7.3 % 
2.0 % 
2.6 % 
1.5 % 

As previously described above, on January 22, 2018, we sold substantially all the assets of our operating subsidiary, 
Denville. The sale of Denville represented a strategic shift that had a major effect on our operations and financial results. As 
such and pursuant to the accounting standards, the operating results of Denville for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 
2017 have been presented in discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations. Therefore the amounts and 
percentages discussed below exclude the revenues and expenses of Denville unless otherwise described. 

Revenues.     We  generate  revenues  by  selling  apparatus,  instruments,  devices,  systems,  software  and  consumables 
through our distributors, direct sales force, websites and catalogs. Our websites and catalogs serve as the primary sales tools 
for  our  various  product  lines.  These  product  lines  include  both  proprietary  manufactured  products  and  complementary 
products from various suppliers. Our reputation as a leading producer in many of our manufactured products creates traffic 

21 

  
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
to our website, enables cross-selling and facilitates the introduction of new products. We have field sales teams in the U.S., 
Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Spain and China. In those regions where we do not have a direct sales team, 
we use distributors. Revenues from direct sales to end users included in continuing operations represented approximately 
59% and 55% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Our products consist of instruments, consumables, and systems that are made up of several individual products. Sales 
prices  of  these  products  range  from  under  $100  to  over  $100,000,  although  are  mostly  priced  in  the  range  of  $5,000  to 
$15,000. They are mainly scientific instruments like spectrophotometers and plate readers that analyze light to detect and 
quantify  a  wide  range  of  molecular  and  cellular  processes,  or  apparatus  like  gel  electrophoresis  units.  Following  the 
acquisition  of  DSI,  our  products  and  services  also  include  wireless  monitors,  data  acquisition  and  analysis  products  and 
software, and ancillary services including post-contract customer support, training and installation. 

We use distributors for both our catalog products and our higher priced products, as well as for sales in locations where 
we do not have subsidiaries or where we have existing distributors in place from acquired businesses. For the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, approximately 41% and 45% of our total revenues from continuing operations, respectively, 
were derived from sales to distributors. 

For  the  years ended December  31,  2018  and 2017,  approximately  85% and  82% of  our revenues from  continuing 
operations, respectively, were derived from products we manufacture and approximately 15% and 18%, respectively, were 
derived from complementary products we distribute in order to provide the researcher with a single source for all equipment 
needed to conduct a particular experiment. 

For  the  years ended December 31, 2018  and 2017,  approximately  30% and 46% of  our  revenues from  continuing 
operations,  respectively,  were  derived  from  sales  made  by  our  non-United  States  operations.  As  discussed  later  under 
“Selected Results of Operations”, the increase in revenues is primarily attributable to the acquisition of DSI and the effect of 
currency translation. 

Changes in the relative proportion of our revenue sources between direct sales and distribution sales, and the proportion 

of U.S. and non-U.S sales are primarily the result of the acquisition of DSI. 

Cost  of  revenues.     Cost  of  revenues  includes  material,  labor  and  manufacturing  overhead  costs,  obsolescence 
charges, packaging costs, warranty costs, shipping costs and royalties. Our cost of revenues may vary over time based on the 
mix of products sold. We sell products that we manufacture and products that we purchase from third parties. The products 
that we purchase from third parties typically have a higher cost of revenues as a percent of revenues because the profit is 
effectively shared with the original manufacturer. We anticipate that our manufactured products will continue to have a lower 
cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues as compared with the cost of non-manufactured products for the foreseeable 
future. Additionally, our cost of revenues as a percent of revenues will vary based on mix of  direct to end user sales and 
distributor sales, mix by product line and mix by geography. 

Sales and marketing expenses.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and related expenses for 
personnel in sales, marketing and customer support functions. We also incur costs for travel, trade shows, demonstration 
equipment,  public  relations  and  marketing  materials,  consisting  primarily  of  the  printing  and  distribution  of  catalogs, 
supplements and the maintenance of our websites. We may from time to time expand our marketing efforts by employing 
additional technical marketing specialists in an effort to increase sales of selected categories of products. We may also from 
time to time expand our direct sales organizations in an effort to concentrate on key accounts or promote certain product 
lines. 

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and other 
related costs for personnel in executive, finance, accounting, information technology and human resource functions. Other 
costs include professional fees for legal and accounting services, information technology infrastructure, facility costs, investor 
relations, insurance and provision for doubtful accounts. 

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and related 
expenses for personnel and spending to develop and enhance our products. Other research and development expense includes 
fees for consultants and outside service providers, and material costs for prototype and test units. We expense research and 
development costs as incurred. Grants received from governmental entities related to research projects are accounted for as 
a  reduction  in  research  and  development  expense  over  the  period  of  the  project.  We  believe  that  investment  in  product 
development is a competitive necessity and plan to continue to make these investments in order to realize the potential of 
new technologies that we develop, license or acquire for existing markets. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
Stock-based compensation expenses.     Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017 was $3.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively. Included in stock-based compensation expense for the years ended 
December 31, 2018  and 2017 was  stock-based  compensation related  to discontinued operations  of $0.2  million  and $0.1 
million, respectively. The stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock 
units with a market condition and the employee stock purchase plan was recorded as a component of cost of revenues, sales 
and  marketing  expenses,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  research  and  development  expenses,  and  income  from 
discontinued operations. 

Selected Results of Operations 

Year ended December 31, 2018 compared to year ended December 31, 2017 

Unless  otherwise  described,  the  amounts  and  percentages  in  the  table  above  and  those  amounts  and  percentages 

discussed below exclude the revenues and expenses of Denville. 

Revenues  

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $120.8 million, an increase of 56.0%, or $43.4 million, compared 

to revenues of $77.4 million for the same period in 2017. 

The  increase  in  revenues  reflects  the  addition  of  revenues  from  DSI  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  of 
approximately  $42.6  million,  while  the  impact  of  currency  translation  positively  impacted  revenues  in  the  period  by 
approximately $1.3 million. The favorability in currency translation for the year was primarily from the strengthening of the 
euro and British pound against the U.S. dollar. 

Reconciliation of Changes In Revenues Compared to the Same Period of the Prior Year 

For the Year 
Ended 
December 31, 
2018 

Organic and DSI change ....................................................................................................................................      

54.3 % 

Foreign exchange effect ....................................................................................................................................      

1.7 % 

Total revenue change.........................................................................................................................................      

56.0 % 

Each reporting period, we face currency exposure that arises from translating the results of our worldwide operations 
to the United States dollar at exchange rates that fluctuate from the beginning of such period. We evaluate our results of 
operations  on  both  a  reported  and  a  foreign  currency-neutral  basis,  which  excludes  the  impact  of  fluctuations  in  foreign 
currency  exchange  rates.  We  believe  that  disclosing  this  non-GAAP  financial  information  provides  investors  with  an 
enhanced understanding of the underlying operations of the business. This non-GAAP financial information approximates 
information  used  by  our  management  to  internally  evaluate  our  operating  results.  The  non-GAAP  financial  information 
provided in the table above should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, the financial information provided and 
presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. 

Cost of revenues 

Cost of revenues increased $19.4 million, or 50.6%, to $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared 
with $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in cost of revenues was primarily due to the effect 
on cost of revenues of the acquisition of DSI which was approximately $18.5 million. Gross profit margin as a percentage of 
revenues increased to 52.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared with 50.6% for 2017. The increase in gross 
profit margin is primarily attributable to the effect of higher margin products following the acquisition of DSI. The increase 
in gross profit margin was offset by the effect of a $3.8 million charge recognized in cost of revenues during the year ended 
December 31, 2018 related to a purchase accounting inventory fair value step up amortization. This inventory fair value step 
up was fully recognized into cost of revenues over approximately six months. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
 
  
  
 
 
Sales and marketing expenses 

Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.3 million, or 62.1%, to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 
compared  with  $15.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  The  increase  in  sales  and  marketing  expenses  was 
primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of DSI, as well as to a lesser extent, increases in employee, consulting, and 
travel costs. 

General and administrative expenses 

General and administrative expenses increased $3.9 million, or 22.0%, to $21.4 million for the year ended December 
31, 2018 compared with $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to the 
impact of the acquisition of DSI, as well as an increase in accrued bonus compensation. This increase was partially offset by 
a decrease in stock-based compensation expense and employee costs. 

Research and development expenses  

Research and development expenses were $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $5.4 
million, or 94.7%, compared with $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to the 
impact of the acquisition of DSI. 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Amortization of intangible asset expenses was $5.4 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively. The increase in amortization expense was primarily due to the addition of definite-lived intangible 
assets as a result of the DSI acquisition. 

Other expense, net 

Other expense, net, was $9.0 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
The increase in other expense, net was primarily due to an increase in interest expense, net as a result of higher debt balances 
during the current period compared to the same period last year as well as transaction costs incurred in 2018 of approximately 
$3.4 million, related to the acquisition of DSI and divestiture of Denville. These increases were offset by a decrease in foreign 
currency  losses  as  compared  to  the  prior  period.  Interest  expense  was  $5.4  million  and  $0.7  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Currency exchange rate fluctuations included as a component of net loss resulted 
in approximately $0.1 million of currency gains and $0.5 million in currency losses during the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Income taxes  

Income tax from continuing operations was a benefit of $3.7 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 
31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The effective income tax rate was 46.1% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared 
with 23.1% for the same period in 2017. The difference in our effective tax rate year over year was primarily attributable to 
lower pre-tax income at certain individual subsidiaries in 2018 versus the impact of certain provisions of U.S. tax reform in 
2017. 

On December 22, 2017, tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act) was signed into law. 
A majority of the provisions of the Tax Act are effective January 1, 2018. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to 
the U.S. Internal Revenue Code which include, but are not limited to: (1) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate from 
35%  to  21%;  (2)  the  implementation  of  a  modified  territorial  tax  system  with  a  one-time  transition  tax  on  previously 
unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries; (3) a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI); 
(4) the deduction for foreign-derived intangible income (FDII); (5) a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (6) 
limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation. The impacts of the Tax Act have been recorded in expense 
from continuing operations and the details are discussed more fully in Note 20, Income Taxes, in the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations 

Discontinued operations resulted in income of $1.4 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively. On January 22, 2018, we sold substantially all the assets of Denville, for approximately $20.0 million, 
which included a $3.0 million earn-out provision. The results of Denville were presented in discontinued operations for both 
the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. Income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 
included a gain on sale of Denville of $1.3 million and an income tax benefit of $0.4 million. The income tax benefit was 
mainly  due  to  the  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  indefinite  lived  intangibles  following  the  Denville 
Transaction. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Historically, we have financed our business through cash provided by operating activities, bank borrowings, and the 
issuance  of  common  stock.  Our  liquidity  requirements  arise  primarily  from  investing  activities,  including  funding  of 
acquisitions, and other capital expenditures. 

On January 22, 2018, we sold the operations of Denville, and received approximately $15.8 million, net of cash on 
hand. Simultaneously, we retired the existing debt balances of approximately $11.9 million. On January 31, 2018, we entered 
into a financing agreement, which comprised of a $64.0 million term loan and up to a $25.0 million line of credit. Finally, on 
January 31, 2018, we acquired DSI for approximately $68.0 million, net of cash acquired. 

As of December 31, 2018, we held cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations of $8.2 million, compared 
with $5.2 million at December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had $60.8 million and $11.7 
million of borrowings outstanding under our credit facility, net of deferred financing costs, respectively. Total debt, net of 
cash and cash equivalents was $52.6 million at December 31,  2018, compared to $6.5 million at December 31, 2017. In 
addition,  we  had  an  underfunded  United  Kingdom  pension  liability  of  approximately  $0.9  million  and  $1.2  million  at 
December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries was $3.2 
million and $4.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we changed our indefinite reinvestment assertion to provide 
that all foreign cash balances above the level required for local operating expenses would be repatriated to the U.S. in tax 
years after 2017. We maintain this modified assertion at December 31, 2018. As a result of the 2017 Tax Act, post-2017 
dividends from qualifying Controlled Foreign Corporations are no longer taxed in the U.S. However, any dividends to the 
U.S. must still be assessed for withholding tax liability as well as income state tax liability. As a result of our assertion, we 
determined  the  potential  state  income  tax  liability  related  to  available  cash  balances  at  foreign  subsidiaries  would  be 
immaterial in both 2018 and 2017, and we had an accrued withholding tax liability of $38 thousand as of both December 31, 
2018 and December 31, 2017, related to amounts determined to be available for repatriation. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Condensed Cash Flow Statements 
(unaudited) 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operations: 

Net loss ................................................................................................................................    $ 
Other adjustments to operating cash flows ..........................................................................      
Changes in assets and liabilities ..........................................................................................      
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................................................................      

(2,922 )   $ 
7,481       
(1,675 )     
2,884       

(865 ) 
5,733   
(3,811 ) 
1,057   

Investing activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment ........................................................................      
Acquisition, net of cash acquired ........................................................................................      
Disposition, net of cash sold ................................................................................................      
Other investing activities .....................................................................................................      
Net cash used in investing activities ................................................................................      

(986 )     
(68,548 )     
15,754       
(16 )     
(53,796 )     

(890 ) 
-   
-   
(27 ) 
(917 ) 

Financing activities: 

Net proceeds from issuance of debt .....................................................................................      
Other financing activities ....................................................................................................      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .........................................................      

50,502       
2,551       
53,053       

(1,952 ) 
160   
(1,792 ) 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .................................................................................      

299       

1,789   

Increase in cash and cash equivalents .....................................................................................    $ 

2,440     $ 

137   

Our operating activities provided cash of $2.9 million and $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 
2017, respectively. The decrease in net cash flow from operations was primarily due to the increase in net loss as well as the 
effect of changes in working capital period over period. 

Our investing activities used cash of $53.8 million and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. Investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily consisted of $68.5 million paid for the 
acquisition of DSI and $15.8 million received from the disposition of Denville. Investing activities during the year ended 
December 31, 2017 primarily included cash used for purchases of property, plant and equipment. We spent $1.0 million and 
$0.9 million on capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Our financing activities have historically consisted of borrowings and repayments under our revolving credit facility 
and term loans, payments of debt issuance costs and the issuance of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 
2018, financing activities provided cash of $53.1 million, compared with $1.8 million of cash used by financing activities for 
the year ended December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we borrowed $70.7 million, repaid $20.2 
million of debt and ended the year with $60.8 million of borrowings, net of deferred financing costs of $1.6 million. During 
the year ended December 31, 2017, we borrowed $2.8 million under our credit facility, repaid $4.7 million of debt under our 
credit facility and term loans and ended the year with $11.7 million of borrowings, net of deferred financing costs of $0.2 
million. Net cash proceeds from the issuance of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $4.6 
million and $0.2 million, respectively. 

Borrowing Arrangements 

On January 22, 2018, in connection with the closing of the sale of Denville, we terminated the Third Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement (the Credit Agreement), dated as of May 1, 2017, among us, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 
and each of the other lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent. All outstanding amounts under the 
agreement  were  repaid  in  full  using  a  portion  of  the  proceeds  of  the  Denville  sale.  At  the  time  of  repayment,  there  was 
approximately $11.9 million of borrowings outstanding. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
On  January  31,  2018,  we  entered  into  a  financing  agreement  by  and  among  us  and  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  as 
borrowers (collectively, the Borrower), certain of our subsidiaries thereto, as guarantors, various lenders from time to time 
party thereto (the Lenders), and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent for the Lenders 
(the Financing Agreement). On August 16, 2018, we and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC entered into a First Amendment 
to the Financing Agreement, which such amendment modified certain provisions relating to the borrowing base and reporting, 
among other things. 

The Financing Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities (the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) comprised 
of a $64.0 million term loan and up to a $25.0 million revolving line of credit. The proceeds of the term loan and $4.8 million 
of advances under the revolving line of credit were used to fund a portion of the DSI acquisition, and to pay fees and expenses 
related thereto and the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, the revolving facility is available for use 
by us and our subsidiaries for general corporate and working capital needs, and other purposes to the extent permitted by the 
Financing Agreement. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities have a maturity of five years. At the closing date of the Financing 
Agreement, we had approximately $14.5 million of available borrowing capacity under the revolving line of credit. 

Commencing on March 31, 2018, the outstanding term loans amortize in equal quarterly installments equal to $0.4 
million per quarter on such date and during each of the next three quarters thereafter, $0.6 million per quarter during the next 
four quarters thereafter and $0.8 million per quarter thereafter, with a balloon payment at maturity. 

The obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by us and certain of our 
existing and subsequently acquired or organized subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and related guarantees are 
secured on a first-priority basis (subject to certain liens permitted under the Financing Agreement) by a lien on substantially 
all the tangible and intangible assets of the Company and its subsidiary guarantors, including all of the capital stock held by 
such obligors (subject to a 65% limitation on pledges of capital stock of foreign subsidiaries), subject to certain exceptions. 

Interest  on  all  loans  under  the  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  is  paid  monthly.  Borrowings  under  the  Financing 
Agreement accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to a LIBOR rate plus  6.25%. The loans are also subject to a 1.25% 
interest rate floor for LIBOR loans and a 4.25% interest rate floor for base rate loans. As further described under Item 7A, 
we have hedged a portion of the Financing Agreement using an interest rate swap. 

The Financing Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and affirmative covenants applicable to 
us and our subsidiaries and also contains certain restrictive covenants, including, among others, limitations on the incurrence 
of additional debt, liens on property, acquisitions and investments, loans and guarantees, mergers, consolidations, liquidations 
and  dissolutions,  asset  sales,  dividends  and  other  payments  in  respect  of  our  capital  stock,  prepayments  of  certain  debt, 
transactions with affiliates and modifications of organizational documents, material contracts, affiliated practice agreements 
and certain debt agreements. The Financing Agreement also contains customary events of default. 

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had borrowings net of debt issuance costs of $60.8 million and 
$11.7 million respectively, outstanding. The carrying value of the debt approximates fair value because the interest rate under 
the obligation approximates market rates of interest available to us for similar instruments. As of December 31, 2018, we 
were in compliance with all financial covenants contained in the Financing Agreement, were subject to covenant and working 
capital borrowing restrictions and had available borrowing capacity under our Financing Agreement of $9.8 million. 

As of December 31, 2018, the weighted effective interest rate, net of the impact of our interest rate swap, on our Term 

Loan was 8.88%. 

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is 
a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of 
factors. Based on our current operations and current operating plans, we expect that our available cash, cash generated from 
current operations and debt capacity will be sufficient to finance current operations, fund our pension obligations, and finance 
capital expenditures for the next 12 months and beyond. We may however need to incur additional debt or raise equity capital 
for our business. Additional capital raising activities will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent 
we raise capital by issuing equity securities and we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in raising additional capital 
on favorable terms or at all. 

27 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies  

We believe that our critical accounting policies are as follows: 

(cid:121) 

(cid:121) 

(cid:121) 

(cid:121) 

(cid:121) 

(cid:121) 

revenue recognition; 

accounting for income taxes; 

inventory; 

valuation of identifiable intangible assets in business combinations; 

valuation of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill; and 

stock-based compensation. 

Revenue recognition.     We follow the provisions of FASB ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. We 
recognize revenue of our products when transfer of control of these products to the customer occurs. Transfer of control 
occurs when the Company has a right to payment, and the customer has legal title to the asset and the customer or their 
selected carrier has possession, which is typically upon shipment. Revenues on products are generally recognized at a point 
in time. We recognize revenue on our services when services are performed or over the period of time over which the customer 
benefits from the service. 

For  sales  for  which  transfer  of  control  occurs  upon  shipment,  we  account  for  shipping  and  handling  costs  as 
fulfilment costs. As such, we record the amounts billed to the customer for shipping costs as revenue and the costs within 
cost of revenues upon shipment. For sales, for which control transfers to customers after shipment, we have elected to account 
for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the goods to the customer. We therefore accrue for the 
costs of shipping undelivered items in the period of shipment. 

We make estimates evaluating our allowance for doubtful accounts. On an ongoing basis, we monitor collections and 
payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and 
any specific customer collection issues that we have identified. Historically, such credit losses have not been significant, and 
they have been within our expectations and the provisions established, however, there is no assurance that we will continue 
to experience the same credit loss rates that we have in the past. A significant change in the liquidity or financial position of 
our customers could have a material adverse impact on the collectability of our accounts receivable and our future operating 
results. 

Accounting for income taxes.     We determine our annual income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which 
we operate. This involves determining our current and deferred income tax expense that reflects accounting for differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The future 
tax  consequences  attributable  to  these  differences  result  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  which  are  included  in  our 
consolidated balance sheets. We assess the recoverability of the deferred tax assets by considering whether it is more likely 
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. To the extent we believe that recovery does 
not meet this “more likely than not” standard as required in FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes”, we must establish a valuation 
allowance. If a valuation allowance is established, increased or decreased in a period, we allocate the related income tax 
expense or benefit to income from continuing operations in the consolidated statement of operations. 

Management’s judgment and estimates are required in determining our income tax provision, deferred tax assets and 
liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. We review the recoverability of deferred tax 
assets  during  each  reporting  period  by  reviewing  estimates  of  future  taxable  income,  future  reversals  of  existing  taxable 
temporary differences, and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented to realize the benefit of a deferred 
tax asset before expiration. Due to our three year cumulative loss position, we concluded that a full valuation allowance was 
required to offset most U.S. deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities except deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite 
lived intangible assets. At December 31, 2018, we have a valuation allowance of $13.9 million, of which $13.0 million relates 
to our U.S. deferred tax assets. The remainder relates to deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions. 

We assess tax positions taken on tax returns, including recognition of potential interest and penalties, in accordance 
with the recognition thresholds and measurement attributes outlined in FASB ASC 740. Interest and penalties recognized, if 
any, would be classified as a component of income tax expense. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
Inventory.      We  value  our  inventory  at  the  lower  of  the  actual  cost  to  purchase  (first-in,  first-out  method)  and/or 
manufacture the inventory or the net realizable value of the inventory. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand and 
record a provision to write down excess and obsolete inventory to its estimated net realizable value if less than cost, based 
primarily on historical inventory usage and estimated forecast of product demand. Since forecasted product demand quite 
often is a function of previous and current demand, a significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the charges 
for  excess  inventory  quantities  on  hand.  In  addition,  our  industry  is  subject  to  technological  change  and  new  product 
development, and technological advances could result in an increase in the amount of obsolete inventory quantities on hand. 
Therefore, any significant unanticipated changes in demand or technological developments could have a significant adverse 
impact on the value of our inventory and our reported operating results. 

Valuation of identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations.    The determination of the fair value of 
intangible assets, which represents a significant portion of the purchase price in our acquisitions, requires the use of significant 
judgment with regard to (i) the fair value; and (ii) whether such intangibles are amortizable or not amortizable and, if the 
former, the period and the method by which the intangibles asset will be amortized. We estimate the fair value of acquisition-
related intangible assets principally based on projections of cash flows that will arise from identifiable assets of acquired 
businesses. The projected cash flows are discounted to determine the present value of the assets at the dates of acquisitions. 
At December 31, 2018, amortizable intangible assets include existing technology, trade names, distribution agreements, in-
process research and development, customer relationships and patents. These amortizable intangible assets are amortized on 
a straight-line basis over 7 to 15 years, 10 to 15 years, 4 to 5 years, 5 to 15 years, 5 to 15 years and 5 to 15 years, respectively. 

Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets.     In accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 360,  “Property, 
Plant and Equipment”, we assess the value of identifiable intangibles with finite lives and long-lived assets for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider 
important which could trigger an impairment review include the following: significant underperformance relative to expected 
historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the 
strategy for our overall business; significant negative industry or economic trends; significant changes in who our competitors 
are and what they do; significant changes in our relationship with our distributors; significant decline in our stock price for a 
sustained period; and our market capitalization relative to net book value. 

If we were to determine that the value of long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets with finite lives was not 
recoverable based on the existence of one or more of the aforementioned factors, then the recoverability of those assets to be 
held and used would be measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of those assets to undiscounted future net cash 
flows before tax effects expected to be generated by those assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment 
to be recognized would be measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the 
assets. 

Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets.     FASB ASC  350,  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Others”  addresses  financial 
accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. Among other things, FASB ASC 350 requires 
that  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives  no  longer  be  amortized,  but  rather  tested  annually  for 
impairment or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Goodwill is also subject to 
an annual impairment test, or more frequently, if indicators of potential impairment arise. ASU 2011-08 intends to simplify 
goodwill impairment testing by permitting an assessment of qualitative factors to determine when events and circumstances 
lead to the conclusion that it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under ASC 350. The 
two-step goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of our reporting units with their carrying amount. 
If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform the second step of the impairment test, as this is an 
indication  that  goodwill  may  be  impaired.  The  impairment  loss  is  measured  by  comparing  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss 
shall be recognized in an amount equal to the excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount 
of the intangible asset shall be its new accounting basis. Subsequent reversal of a previously recognized impairment loss is 
prohibited. For unamortizable intangible assets, if the carrying amount were to exceed the fair value of the asset we would 
write down the unamortizable intangible asset to fair value. 

For the purpose of our goodwill analysis, we have one reporting unit. We conducted our annual impairment analysis 
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018.  The  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  requires  us  to  make  a 
significant estimate on control premiums appropriate of industries in which we compete. We compared our carrying value to 
our overall market capitalization. 

29 

  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
The  results  of  our  test  for  goodwill  impairment  showed  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  our  business  substantially 
exceeded its carrying value. We concluded that none of our goodwill was impaired.  We also concluded that the fair value of 
the unamortized intangible assets significantly exceeds the carrying amounts. 

Stock-based compensation.     We account for stock-based payment awards in accordance with the provisions of FASB 
ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”, which requires us to recognize compensation expense for all stock-based 
payment awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock units 
with  a  market  condition  related  to  our  Third  Amended  and  Restated  2000  Stock  Option  and  Incentive  Plan,  as  well  as 
employee stock purchases related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended, ESPP). We issue new shares upon 
stock option exercises, upon the vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock units with a market condition, and under 
our ESPP. 

FASB ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant 
using an option-pricing model. The value of the award that vests is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods 
in our consolidated statement of operations. We adopted ASU 2016-09 as of January 1, 2017. As a result of this adoption, we 
have elected as an accounting policy to account for forfeitures for service based awards as they occur, with no adjustment for 
estimated forfeitures. 

We  value  stock-based  payment  awards,  except  restricted  stock  awards,  at  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes 
option-pricing  model.  We  value  the  restricted  stock  units  with  a  market  condition  at  the  grant  date  using  a  Monte-Carlo 
valuation simulation. Our determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-
pricing model or Monte-Carlo valuation simulation is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number 
of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to our expected stock price volatility 
over the term of the awards and actual and projected stock option exercise behaviors. 

The fair value of restricted stock units are based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant and are 
recorded as compensation expense ratably over the applicable service period, which ranges from one to four years. Unvested 
restricted stock units are forfeited in the event of termination of employment or engagement with our Company. 

We record stock compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for all awards granted. 

Impact of Foreign Currencies  

Our international operations in some instances operate in a natural hedge as we sell our products in many countries and 
a substantial portion of our revenues, costs and expenses are denominated in foreign currencies, especially the British pound, 
the euro, the Canadian dollar and the Swedish krona. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  resulted  in  a  favorable 
translation  effect  on  our  consolidated  revenues  and  a  favorable  effect  on  our  consolidated  net  loss.  Changes  in  foreign 
currency exchange rates resulted in a favorable effect on revenues of approximately $1.3 million and an unfavorable effect 
on expenses of approximately $1.0 million. 

The loss associated with the translation of foreign equity into U.S. dollars included as a component of comprehensive 
(loss) gain during the year ended December 31, 2018, was approximately $2.9 million, compared to a gain of $4.4 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Currency exchange rate fluctuations included as a component of net loss resulted in approximately $0.1 million in 

currency gains and $0.5 million in currency losses during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  

In  February  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU) 
2016-02, Leases, which is intended to improve financial reporting about leasing transactions. The update requires a lessee to 
record  on  the  balance  sheet  the  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  rights  and  obligations  created  by  lease  terms  of  more  than 
12 months. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. A modified retrospective transition 
approach is required for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in 
the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. We expect to utilize a practical expedient in our method 
of adoption of the standard.  Under this expedient, which is a “current-period adjustment method,” we would apply ASC 842 
as of January 2019 and record a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of that date. 

30 

  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We have made substantial progress in our assessment over the impact of the standard and determined that only material 
leases that we hold are our building leases. Upon adoption of the standard, we preliminarily expect to record a right of use 
asset in the range of approximately $9 to $11 million and a lease liability in the range of approximately $10 to $12 million on 
our consolidated balance sheet. The finalization of our assessment may result in changes to our estimates that may impact 
our preliminary estimate of the cumulative effect. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement 
of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking 
approach  based  on  expected  losses  rather  than  incurred  losses  to  estimate  credit  losses  on  certain  types  of  financial 
instruments,  including  trade  receivables.  This  may  result  in  the  earlier  recognition  of  allowances  for  losses.  The  ASU  is 
effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. In November 
2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, 
which  provided  additional  implementation  guidance  on  the  previously  issued  ASU.  We  have  not  yet  completed  our 
assessment of the impact of the new standard on our consolidated financial statements. Currently, we believe that the most 
notable impact of this ASU will relate to our processes around the assessment of the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful 
accounts on trade accounts receivable and the recognition of credit losses. 

In  August  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-12,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815)  which  amends  the  hedge 
accounting  recognition  and  presentation  requirements  in  ASC  815  Derivatives  and  Hedging.  The  Board’s  objectives  in 
issuing the ASU are to (1) improve the transparency and understandability of information conveyed to financial statement 
users about an entity’s risk management activities by better aligning the entity’s financial reporting for hedging relationships 
with those risk management activities and (2) reduce the complexity of and simplify the application of hedge accounting by 
preparers. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, 
beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. We are evaluating 
the  requirements  of  this  guidance  and  have  not  yet  determined  the  impact  of  the  adoption  on  our  consolidated  financial 
position, results of operations and cash flows. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements 
for Defined Benefit Plans, which amends ASC 715 to add, remove and clarify disclosure requirements related to defined 
benefit  pension  and  other  postretirement  plans.  The  ASU  is  effective  for  public  entities  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We have not yet completed our assessment of the impact of the new 
standard on our consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, a new accounting standard that 
provides for a comprehensive model to use in the accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers that will 
replace  most  existing revenue  recognition guidance within generally  accepted  accounting principles in  the United States. 
Under this standard, revenue will be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount 
that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. 

We  adopted  this  standard  as  of  January  1,  2018  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach.  As  part  of  the 
implementation of the standard, we identified our significant revenue streams, which currently consist primarily of product 
revenue transactions, and service, maintenance and extended warranty transactions on certain product sales. The timing of 
recognizing revenues for these revenue streams did not materially change. Additionally, there were no material changes to 
business processes, systems and controls. Our updated revenue recognition policy and additional disclosures are presented in 
Note 17. 

In  May  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-09, Stock  compensation  (Topic  718):  Scope  of  modification 
accounting which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The ASU provides 
guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be 
required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting 
if  the  fair  value,  vesting  conditions,  and  classification  of  the  awards  are  the  same  immediately  before  and  after  the 
modification. The ASU  is effective  for annual  reporting  periods,  including  interim  periods within  those  annual  reporting 
periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2018, and the new standard did not 
have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 

31 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. 

The  majority  of  our  manufacturing  and  testing  of  products  occurs  in  our  facilities  in  the  United  States,  Germany, 
Sweden and Spain. We sell our products globally through our distributors, direct sales force, websites and catalogs. As a 
result, our financial results are affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates and weak economic 
conditions in foreign markets. 

We  collect  amounts  representing  a  substantial  portion  of  our  revenues  and  pay  amounts  representing  a  substantial 
portion of our operating expenses in foreign currencies. As a result, changes in currency exchange rates from time to time 
may affect our operating results. 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates primarily through our financing activities. As of December 

31, 2018, we had $60.8 million outstanding under our Financing Agreement, net of deferred financing costs. 

As  noted  above  under  the  heading  “Borrowing  Arrangements”,  on  January  22,  2018,  we  terminated  the  Credit 
Agreement, and on January 31, 2018, entered into the Financing Agreement. As a result of terminating the Credit Agreement, 
we unwound our previously existing swap agreement and received an immaterial amount of proceeds. On February 16, 2018, 
we entered into a new interest rate swap contract with PNC bank with a notional amount of $36.0 million and a termination 
date of January 31, 2023 in order to hedge the risk of changes in the effective benchmark interest rate (LIBOR) associated 
with the Financing Agreement. The swap contract converted specific variable-rate debt into fixed-rate debt and fixed the 
LIBOR rate associated with a portion of the term loan under the Financing Agreement at 2.72%. 

As of December 31, 2018, the weighted effective interest rates, net of the impact of our interest rate swaps, on our 
Term Loan was 8.88%. Assuming no other changes which would affect the margin of the interest rate, the estimated effect 
of interest rate fluctuations on outstanding borrowings under our Financing Agreement as of December 31, 2018 is quantified 
and summarized as follows: 

Interest 
expense 
increase 
   (in thousands) 
283   
566   

If compared to the rate as of December 31, 2018 

Interest rates increase by 1% .............................................................................................................................    $ 
Interest rates increase by 2% .............................................................................................................................    $ 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

The information required by this item is contained in the consolidated financial statements filed as part of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K and is listed under Item 15 of Part IV below. 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures. 

This Report includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 
13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A 
includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in those certifications. 

(a)           Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures refer to controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required 
to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, 
within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Disclosure controls 
and  procedures  include,  without  limitation,  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed  by  us  in  our  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our 
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions 
regarding  our  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  our  management 
recognizes  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable 
assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply its judgment in evaluating and 
implementing possible controls and procedures. 

32 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered in this Report. Based upon the 
evaluation described above, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that they believe that 
our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective,  as  of  December  31,  2018,  in  providing  reasonable  assurance  that 
information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and 
communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to  allow  timely 
decisions  regarding  required  disclosures,  and  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods 
specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. 

(b)           Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process 
designed  by  and  under  the  supervision  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  effected  by  our 
management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  transactions  and  dispositions  of  assets, 
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial 
statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  (3) provide  reasonable 
assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors, 
and (4) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition 
of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. It is 
a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is therefore subject to human error and misjudgment. In general, 
evaluations  of  effectiveness  for  future  periods  are  subject  to  risk  as  controls  may  become  inadequate  due  to  changes  in 
conditions or the degree of compliance with key processes or procedures could deteriorate. 

Our management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 
using  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). As a result of that evaluation, management has concluded that our 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018. 

The Company closed the acquisition of DSI on January 31, 2018. DSI's total assets and revenue constituted 47.6% and 
35.2%,  respectively,  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  total  assets  and  revenue  as  shown  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018. As the acquisition occurred in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, the 
Company excluded DSI's internal control over financial reporting from the scope of the assessment of the effectiveness of 
the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. This exclusion is in accordance with the general guidance issued by the 
Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that an assessment of a recently-acquired business may be omitted from 
the scope in the year of acquisition, if specified conditions are satisfied. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has also been audited by 
Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included below in 
Item 9A(e). 

(c)           Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 

There has been no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, that 

has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

 (d)           Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls 

The design of any system of control is based upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there 
can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated objectives under all future events, no matter how 
remote, that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may not deteriorate. Because of their inherent limitations, systems of control may not prevent or detect 
all misstatements. Accordingly, even effective systems of control can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their 
control objectives. 

33 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(e)           Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.: 

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting 
We  have  audited  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.(a  Delaware  corporation)  and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, 
based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, and our 
report dated March 18, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Basis for opinion 
The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Our audit of, and opinion on, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not include the internal control 
over financial reporting of Data Sciences International, Inc. (DSI), a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose financial statements 
reflect  total  assets  and  revenues  constituting  47.6  and  35.2  percent,  respectively,  of  the  related  consolidated  financial 
statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018. As indicated in Management’s Report, DSI was acquired 
during  2018.  Management’s  assertion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
excluded internal control over financial reporting of DSI. 

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 18, 2019 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Item 9B.  Other Information.  

None. 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 
Act,  in  connection  with  our  2019  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders.  Information  concerning  executive  officers  of  our 
Company is included in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Item 1. Business- Executive Officers of the Registrant 
and incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation. 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

35 

 
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.  

(a)  Documents Filed. The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by 
reference as indicated:  

1 

Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and its subsidiaries filed 
under this Item 15: 

Page 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................................................................................   F-1  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..........................................................................   F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 ................................................................   F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended  December 31, 2018 and 2017 .........................   F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 
2017 ...............................................................................................................................................................   F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017..........   F-6 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.........................   F-7 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................   F-8 

2 

Exhibits and Exhibit Index. See the Exhibit Index included as the last part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
which is incorporated herein by reference. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 

Page 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..........................................................................................   F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 ................................................................................   F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 .........................................   F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 ..........   F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 .........................   F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 ........................................   F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................................   F-8 

F-1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.: 

Opinion on the financial statements  
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and 
subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 
31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established 
in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 18, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

Basis for opinion  
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and 
are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether 
due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also 
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the 
overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017. 
Boston, Massachusetts 
March 18, 2019 

F-2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017 

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ...................................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $332 and $193, 

respectively ......................................................................................................................      
Inventories ...........................................................................................................................      
Other receivables and other assets .......................................................................................      
Current assets held for sale ..................................................................................................      
Total current assets ..........................................................................................................      

Property, plant and equipment, net ..........................................................................................      
Deferred income tax assets ......................................................................................................      
Amortizable intangible assets, net ...........................................................................................      
Goodwill ..................................................................................................................................      
Indefinite lived intangible assets .............................................................................................      
Other assets .............................................................................................................................      
Long term assets held for sale .................................................................................................      
Total assets ..............................................................................................................................    $ 

8,173     $ 

5,192   

21,463       
25,087       
3,109       
-       
57,832       

5,898       
211       
44,532       
57,304       
1,232       
1,604       
-       
168,613     $ 

13,382   
16,848   
3,709   
8,404   
47,535   

3,743   
182   
10,030   
36,336   
1,244   
324   
9,960   
109,354   

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current liabilities: 

Current portion, long-term debt ...........................................................................................    $ 
Accounts payable ................................................................................................................      
Deferred revenue .................................................................................................................      
Accrued income taxes .........................................................................................................      
Accrued expenses ................................................................................................................      
Other liabilities – current .....................................................................................................      
Current liabilities held for sale ............................................................................................      
Total current liabilities ....................................................................................................      

Long-term debt, less current installments ................................................................................      
Deferred income tax liabilities - non-current ..........................................................................      
Other long term liabilities ........................................................................................................      
Long term liabilities held for sale ............................................................................................      
Total liabilities.........................................................................................................................      

1,999     $ 
7,359       
3,820       
978       
5,762       
1,588       
-       
21,506       

58,796       
2,301       
3,286       
-       
85,889       

2,765   
4,410   
505   
395   
3,816   
293   
1,857   
14,041   

8,983   
2,653   
1,466   
1,311   
28,454   

Commitments and contingencies 

Stockholders' equity: 

Preferred stock, par value $0 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized .................................      
Common stock, par value $0 per share, 80,000,000 shares authorized; 45,124,309 and 

42,763,985 shares issued and 37,378,802 and 35,018,478 shares outstanding, 
respectively ......................................................................................................................      
Additional paid-in-capital ....................................................................................................      
Accumulated deficit ............................................................................................................      
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ..............................................................................      
Treasury stock at cost, 7,745,507 common shares ..............................................................      
Total stockholders' equity ................................................................................................      
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .................................................................................    $ 

-       

-   

436       
226,377       
(119,889 )     
(13,532 )     
(10,668 )     
82,724       
168,613     $ 

419   
218,792   
(116,967 ) 
(10,676 ) 
(10,668 ) 
80,900   
109,354   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 

  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Revenues .................................................................................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below) ..............................................      
Gross profit ..........................................................................................................................      

120,774     $ 
57,593       
63,181       

Sales and marketing expenses .................................................................................................      
General and administrative expenses ......................................................................................      
Research and development expenses .......................................................................................      
Amortization of intangible assets ............................................................................................      
Total operating expenses, net ..............................................................................................      

24,443       
21,382       
10,988       
5,384       
62,197       

77,407   
38,237   
39,170   

15,082   
17,525   
5,645   
1,553   
39,805   

Operating  income (loss) .........................................................................................................      

984       

(635 ) 

Other income (expense): 

Foreign exchange ................................................................................................................      
Interest expense, net ............................................................................................................      
Other expense, net ...............................................................................................................      
Other expense, net ...................................................................................................................      

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes ............................................................      
Income tax benefit ...................................................................................................................      
Loss from continuing operations .............................................................................................      
Discontinued operations: 

Income from discontinued operations before income taxes ................................................      
Income tax benefit ...............................................................................................................      
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax ................................................................      
Net loss ....................................................................................................................................    $ 

(Loss) earnings per share: 

Basic loss per common share from continuing operations ..................................................    $ 
Discontinued operations ......................................................................................................      
Basic loss per common share ..............................................................................................    $ 

Diluted loss per common share from continuing operations ...............................................    $ 
Discontinued operations ......................................................................................................      
Diluted loss per common share ...........................................................................................    $ 

148       
(5,367 )     
(3,740 )     
(8,959 )     

(7,975 )     
(3,676 )     
(4,299 )     

936       
(441 )     
1,377       
(2,922 )   $ 

(0.12 )   $ 
0.04       
(0.08 )   $ 

(0.12 )   $ 
0.04       
(0.08 )   $ 

(534 ) 
(713 ) 
(739 ) 
(1,986 ) 

(2,621 ) 
(605 ) 
(2,016 ) 

534   
(617 ) 
1,151   
(865 ) 

(0.06 ) 
0.03   
(0.02 ) 

(0.06 ) 
0.03   
(0.02 ) 

Weighted average common shares: 

Basic ....................................................................................................................................      
Diluted .................................................................................................................................      

36,453       
36,453       

34,753   
34,753   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (INCOME) 
(In thousands) 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Net loss ....................................................................................................................................    $ 
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
Foreign currency translation adjustments ................................................................................      
Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax: 

Loss on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges .............      
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income to net 

(loss) income ................................................................................................................      
Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax ........................................................................      

Defined benefit pension plans, net of tax: 

Amortization of net losses included in net periodic pension costs, net of tax expense of 

$56 and $62 in 2018 and 2017, respectively.................................................................      
Net (loss) gain, net of tax benefit of $10 and $246 in 2018 and 2017, respectively ........      
Defined benefit pension plans, net of tax ............................................................................      
Other comprehensive (loss) income ........................................................................................      
Comprehensive (loss) income .................................................................................................    $ 

(2,922 )   $ 

(865 ) 

(2,875 )     

4,445   

(343 )     

136       
(207 )     

275       
(49 )     
226       
(2,856 )     
(5,778 )   $ 

(24 ) 

61   
37   

300   
1,200   
1,500   
5,982   
5,117   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
(In thousands) 

Number 
of 
Shares 
Issued   

Common 
Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital    

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)   

Treasury 
Stock 

Total 
Stockholders’ 
Equity 

Balance at December 31, 2016 ....     42,187      

418        215,134      

(116,030 )      

(16,658 )      (10,668 )    

72,196   

Share based payment change 

in accounting principle .........     
Stock option exercises .............     
Stock purchase plan, net ..........     
Vesting of restricted stock 

-      
143      
76      

-       
2       
-       

72      
188      
140      

(72 )      
-        
-        

-        
-        
-        

-      
-      
-      

units ......................................     
Shares withheld for taxes ........     
Stock compensation expense ...     
Net income ..............................     
Other comprehensive loss .......     

489      
(131 )    
-      
-      
-      
Balance at December 31, 2017 ....     42,764      
Stock option exercises .............      1,696      
89      
Stock purchase plan .................     
Vesting of restricted stock 

units ......................................     
Shares withheld for taxes ........     
Stock compensation expense ...     
Net loss ....................................     
Other comprehensive loss .......     

915      
(340 )    
-      
-      
-      
Balance at December 31, 2018 ....     45,124    $ 

-       
(1 )     
-       
-       
-       

-      
(242)     
3,500      
-      
-      
419        218,792      
5,149      
17       
159      
1       

-        
-        
-        
(865 )      
-        
(116,967 )      
-        
-        

-        
-        
-        
-        
5,982        

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
(10,676 )      (10,668 )    
-      
-      

-        
-        

-       
(1 )     
-       
-       
-       

-        
-      
-        
(767)     
-        
3,044      
(2,922 )      
-      
-        
-      
436     $ 226,377    $  (119,889 )    $ 

-        
-        
-        
-        
(2,856 )      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
(13,532 )    $ (10,668 )  $ 

-   
190   
140   

-   
(243 ) 
3,500   
(865 ) 
5,982   
80,900   
5,166   
160   

-   
(768 ) 
3,044   
(2,922 ) 
(2,856 ) 
82,724   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
   
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net loss ................................................................................................................................    $ 

(2,922 )   $ 

(865 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Stock compensation expense ...........................................................................................      
Depreciation ....................................................................................................................      
Gain on sale of Denville ..................................................................................................      
Gain on disposal of fixed assets, net ................................................................................      
Loss on sale of AHN .......................................................................................................      
Amortization of catalog costs ..........................................................................................      
Provision for (recovery of) allowance for doubtful accounts ..........................................      
Amortization of intangible assets ....................................................................................      
Amortization of deferred financing costs ........................................................................      
Deferred income taxes .....................................................................................................      
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable ..................................................................      
Decrease (increase) in inventories ...............................................................................      
Increase in other receivables and other assets .............................................................      
Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable .............................................................      
Increase in accrued income taxes ................................................................................      
Decrease in accrued expenses......................................................................................      
Increase in deferred revenue ........................................................................................      
Decrease in other liabilities .........................................................................................      
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................................      

Cash flows used in investing activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment ........................................................................      
Additions to catalog costs ....................................................................................................      
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment ........................................................      
Acquisition, net of cash acquired ........................................................................................      
Disposition, net of cash sold ................................................................................................      
Net cash used in investing activities ................................................................................      

Cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of debt ...........................................................................................      
Repayments of debt .............................................................................................................      
Payments of debt issuance costs ..........................................................................................      
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock ....................................................................      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .........................................................      

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .................................................................................      
Increase in cash and cash equivalents .....................................................................................      
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period, including cash included in assets held 

3,044       
2,423       
(1,251 )     
(3 )     
-       
28       
25       
5,431       
645       
(2,861 )     

(2,792 )     
2,554       
(124 )     
1,593       
612       
(3,149 )     
2,492       
(2,861 )     
2,884       

(986 )     
(20 )     
4       
(68,548 )     
15,754       
(53,796 )     

70,700       
(20,198 )     
(2,006 )     
4,557       
53,053       

299       
2,440       

3,500   
1,317   
-   
(12 ) 
93   
42   
(109 ) 
2,442   
44   
(1,584 ) 

196   
(548 ) 
(102 ) 
(918 ) 
212   
(736 ) 
95   
(2,010 ) 
1,057   

(890 ) 
(39 ) 
12   
-   
-   
(917 ) 

2,750   
(4,702 ) 
-   
160   
(1,792 ) 

1,789   
137   

for sale .................................................................................................................................      

5,733       

5,596   

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period, including cash included in assets held for 

sale .......................................................................................................................................    $ 

8,173     $ 

5,733   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

Cash paid for interest ...........................................................................................................    $ 
Cash refunded for income taxes ..........................................................................................    $ 

4,987     $ 
98     $ 

686   
13   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

1.    Organization 

Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  is  a  global  developer,  manufacturer,  marketer  and  provider  of  a 
broad range of scientific instruments, systems, software and services used to advance life science for basic research, drug 
discovery,  physiologic  monitoring,  clinical  and  environmental  testing.  The  Company’s  products  and  services  are  sold  to 
thousands  of  researchers  in  over  100  countries  through  its  global  sales  organization,  websites,  catalogs,  and  through 
distributors including Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., VWR and other specialized distributors. The Company has sales and 
manufacturing operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Spain, France, Italy, Canada and 
China. 

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

(a)  

Principles of Consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Harvard  Bioscience, Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned 

subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

(b) 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
requires the use of management estimates. Such estimates include the determination and establishment of certain accruals 
and provisions, including those for inventory excess and obsolescence, income tax and reserves for bad debts. In addition, 
certain estimates are required in order to determine the value of assets and liabilities associated with acquisitions, as well as 
the Company’s defined benefit pension obligations. Estimates are also required to evaluate the value and recoverability of 
existing long-lived and intangible assets, including goodwill. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews its estimates based 
upon currently available information. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. 

(c) 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid 
instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash 
on hand and amounts due from banks. The Company maintains a portion of its cash in bank deposits, which at times, may 
exceed  federally  insured  limits.  The  Company  has  not  experienced  any  losses  in  such  accounts.  The  Company  does  not 
believe it is exposed to any significant risk with respect to these accounts. 

(d) 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts 
receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on considering factors such as historical experience, credit 
quality, known troubled accounts, historical experience, factors that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and other currently 
available evidence. 

(e) 

Inventories 

The  Company  values  its  inventories  at  the  lower  of  the  actual  cost  to  purchase  (first-in,  first-out  method)  and/or 
manufacture the inventories or the net realizable value of the inventories. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities 
on hand and records a provision to write down excess and obsolete inventories to its estimated net realizable value if less than 
cost, based primarily on historical inventory usage and estimated forecast of product demand. 

F-8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(f) 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful 

lives of the assets as follows: 

Buildings ..............................................................................................  
Machinery and equipment ...................................................................   3 – 10 years 
Computer equipment and software ......................................................   3 – 7 years 
Furniture and fixtures ..........................................................................   5 – 10 years 
Automobiles.........................................................................................   3 – 6 years 

40 years 

Property and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight line 

method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. 

(g) 

Catalog Costs 

Significant  costs  of  product  catalog  design,  development  and  production  are  capitalized  and  amortized  over  the 

expected useful life of the catalog (usually one to three years). 

(h)  

Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets 
and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected 
to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The 
effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the 
enactment date. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being 
sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized. 
Changes in recognition are reflected in the period in which the judgement occurs. 

(i) 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally their local currency. All assets and liabilities 
of its foreign subsidiaries are translated at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Income and expenses are translated at rates 
which approximate those in effect on the transaction dates. The resulting translation adjustment is recorded as a separate 
component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (“AOCI”) in the consolidated balance 
sheets. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net (loss) income. 

(j) 

Earnings per Share 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common 
stock outstanding during the periods presented. The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation 
of basic earnings per share, except that the denominator is increased for the assumed exercise of dilutive options and other 
potentially dilutive securities using the treasury stock method unless the effect is antidilutive. Since the Company is reporting 
discontinued  operations,  it  used  income  from  continuing  operations  as  the  control  number  in  determining  whether  those 
potential dilutive securities are dilutive or antidilutive. 

(k) 

Comprehensive (Loss) Income 

The  Company  follows  the  provisions  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards 
Codification (“ASC”) 220, “Comprehensive Income”. FASB ASC 220 requires companies to report all changes in equity 
during a period, resulting from net (loss) income and transactions from non-owner sources, in a financial statement in the 
period in which they are recognized. The Company has chosen to disclose comprehensive (loss) income, which encompasses 
net (loss) income, foreign currency translation adjustments, gains and losses on derivatives, the underfunded status of its 
pension  plans,  and  pension  minimum  additional  liability  adjustments,  net  of  tax,  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
comprehensive (loss) income. 

F-9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
(l) 

Revenue Recognition 

Nature of contracts and customers 

The Company’s contracts are primarily of short duration and are mostly based on the receipt and fulfilment of purchase 

orders. The purchase orders are binding and include pricing and all other relevant terms and conditions. 

The  Company’s  customers  are  primarily  research  scientists  at  pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  companies, 
universities, hospitals, government laboratories, including the United States National Institute of Health (NIH) and contract 
research organizations. The Company also has global and regional distribution partners, and original equipment manufacturer 
(OEM) customers who incorporate its products into their products under their own brands. 

Performance obligations  

The Company’s performance obligations under its revenue contracts consist of its instruments, equipment, accessories, 
services, maintenance and extended warranties. Equipment also includes software that functions together with the tangible 
equipment to deliver its essential functionality. Contracts with customers may contain multiple promises such as delivery of 
hardware, software, professional services or post-contract support services. These promises are accounted for as separate 
performance obligations if they are distinct.  For contracts with customers that contain multiple performance obligations, the 
transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations based on estimated relative standalone selling price, 
which does not materially differ from the stated price in the contract. In general, the Company’s list prices are indicative of 
standalone selling price. 

Instruments, equipment and accessories consist of a range of products that are used in life sciences research. Revenues 
from the sales of these items are recognized when transfer of control of these products to the customer occurs. Transfer of 
control occurs when the Company has a right to payment, and the customer has legal title to the asset and the customer or 
their selected carrier has possession, which is typically upon shipment. Sales on these items are therefore generally recognized 
at a point in time. 

The Company’s equipment revenue also includes the sale of wireless implantable monitors that are used for life science 
research purposes. The Company sells these wireless implantable monitors to pharmaceutical companies, contract research 
organizations and academic laboratories. In addition to sales generated from new and existing customers, these implantable 
devices  are  also  sold  under  a  program  called  the  “exchange  program”.  Under  this  program,  customers  may  return  an 
implantable  monitor  to  the  Company  after  use,  and  if  the  returned  monitor  can  be  reprocessed  and  resold,  they  may,  in 
exchange,  purchase  a  replacement  implantable  monitor  of  the  same  model  at  a  lower  price  than  a  new  monitor.  The 
implantable monitors that are returned by customers are reprocessed and made available for future sale. The initial sale of 
implantable monitors and subsequent sale of replacement implantable monitors are independent transactions. The Company 
has no obligation in connection with the initial sale to sell replacement implantable monitors at any future date under any 
fixed  terms  and  may  refuse  returned  implantable  monitors  that  cannot  be  recovered  or  are  obsolete.  The  Company  has 
concluded that the offer to its customers that they may purchase a discounted product in the future is not a material right 
based on the applicable guidance within ASC 606. 

Service  revenues  consist  of  installation,  training,  data  analysis,  and  surgeries  performed  on  research  animals. 
Maintenance revenue consists of post-contract support provided in relation to software that is embedded within the equipment 
that is sold to the customer. The Company provides standard warranties that promise the customer that the product will work 
as promised. These standard warranties are not a separate performance obligation. Extended warranties relate to warranties 
that  are  separately  priced,  and  purchased  in  addition  to  a  standard  warranty,  and  are  therefore  a  separate  performance 
obligation. The Company has made the judgment that the customer benefits as the Company performs over the period of the 
contract, and therefore revenues from service, maintenance and warranty contracts are recognized over time. The Company 
uses the input method to recognize revenue over time, based on time elapsed, which is generally on a straight-line basis over 
the service period. The period over which maintenance and warranty contracts is recognized is typically one year. The period 
over which service revenues is recognized is generally less than one month. 

For sales for which transfer of control occurs upon shipment, the Company accounts for shipping and handling costs 
as fulfilment costs. As such, the Company records the amounts billed to the customer for shipping costs as revenue and the 
costs within cost of revenues upon shipment. For sales, for which control transfers to customers after shipment, the Company 
has elected to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the goods to the customer. The 
Company therefore accrues for the costs of shipping undelivered items in the period of shipment. 

F-10 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Revenues expected to be recognized related to any and all remaining performance obligations are generally expected 

to be recognized in one year or less, as the majority of the Company's contracts have a term of less than one year. 

Variable Consideration 

The nature of the Company's contracts gives rise to certain types of variable consideration, including in limited cases 
volume and payment discounts. The Company analyzes sales that could include variable consideration, and estimates the 
expected or most likely amount of revenue after returns, trade-ins, discounts, rebates, credits, and incentives. Product returns 
are estimated and accrued for, based on historical information. In making these estimates, the Company considers whether 
the amount of variable consideration is constrained and is included in revenue only to the extent that it is probable that a 
significant reversal of the revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration 
is subsequently resolved. Variable consideration, and its impact on the Company’s revenue recognition, was not material in 
any of the periods presented. 

The Company’s payment terms are generally from zero to sixty days from the time of invoicing, which generally occurs 
at the time of shipment or prior to services being performed. Payment terms vary by the type of its customers and the products 
or services offered. 

Sales  taxes,  value  added  taxes,  and  certain  excise  taxes  collected  from  customers  and  remitted  to  governmental 

authorities are accounted for on a net basis, and are therefore excluded from revenues. 

Deferred revenue 

The Company records deferred revenue when cash is collected from customers prior to satisfaction of the Company’s 
performance  obligation  to  the  customer.  Deferred  revenue  consists  of  amounts  deferred  related  to  service  contracts  and 
revenue deferred as a result of payments received in advance from customers. Deferred revenue is generally expected to be 
recognized within one year. 

The amounts included in deferred revenue from advanced payments relate to amounts that are prepaid for wireless 
implantable monitors under the exchange program. The Company has made the judgment that these payments do not represent 
a significant financing component as the customer can exercise their discretion as to when they can obtain the products that 
they have made a prepayment for. 

Advanced  payments  received  from  customers  are  recorded  as  a  liability,  and  revenue  is  recognized  when  the 
Company’s performance obligations are completed. Performance obligations are completed when the product is shipped or 
delivered to the customer, or at the end of the exchange program if goods are not acquired prior to the termination of the 
contract period. 

Disaggregation of revenue 

Refer to Note 19 for revenue disaggregated by type and by geographic region as well as further information about the 

deferred revenue balances. 

(m) 

Valuation of Identifiable Intangible Assets Acquired in Business Combinations 

The determination of the fair value of intangible assets, which represents a significant portion of the purchase price in 
the Company’s acquisitions, requires the use of significant judgment with regard to (i) the fair value; and (ii) whether such 
intangibles are amortizable or not amortizable and, if the former, the period and the method by which the intangibles asset 
will  be  amortized.  The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  acquisition-related  intangible  assets  principally  based  on 
projections  of  cash  flows  that  will  arise  from  identifiable  assets  of  acquired  businesses.  The  projected  cash  flows  are 
discounted  to  determine  the  present  value  of  the  assets  at  the  dates  of  acquisitions.  At  December  31,  2018,  amortizable 
intangible assets include existing technology, trade names, distribution agreements, in-process research and development, 
customer relationships and patents. These amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over 7 to 15 
years, 10 to 15 years, 4 to 5 years, 5 to 15 years, 5 to 15 years and 5 to 15 years, respectively. 

F-11 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(n) 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and unamortizable intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite 
useful  life  are  not  amortized,  but  instead  are  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 350, “Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other”. 

For  the  purpose  of  its  goodwill  analysis,  the  Company  has  one  reporting  unit.  The  Company  conducted  its  annual 
impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first 
step of the impairment analysis compares the Company’s fair value to its carrying value to determine if there is any indication 
of impairment. Step two of the analysis compares the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying amount in a manner similar 
to a purchase price allocation for business combination. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an 
impairment loss is recognized equal to that excess. For indefinite-lived intangible assets if the carrying amount exceeds the 
fair value of the asset, the Company would write down the indefinite-lived intangible asset to fair value. 

At  December  31,  2018,  the  fair  value  of  the  Company  significantly  exceeded  the  carrying  value.  The  Company 

concluded that none of its goodwill was impaired. 

The  Company  evaluates  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually  and  when  events  occur  or 
circumstances change that may reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying amount.  Events or circumstances that 
might  require  an  interim  evaluation  include  unexpected  adverse  business  conditions,  economic  factors,  unanticipated 
technological changes or competitive activities, loss of key personnel and acts by governments and courts. At December 31, 
2018, the Company concluded that none of its indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired. 

(o) 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

The Company assesses recoverability of its long-lived assets that are held for use, such as property, plant and equipment 
and  amortizable  intangible  assets  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  360,  “Property,  Plant  and  Equipment”  when  events  or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability 
of assets or an asset group to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group 
to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or the asset group. Cash flow projections 
are based on trends of historical performance and management’s estimate of future performance. If the carrying amount of 
the asset or asset group exceeds the estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which 
the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  or  asset  group  exceeds  its  estimated  fair  value.  At  December  31,  2018,  the  Company 
concluded that none of its long-lived assets were impaired. 

(p) 

Derivatives 

The Company uses interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest 
rates on its variable-rate debt instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than 
cash flow hedging. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments. The Company recognizes all derivative 
instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated  in 
hedging  relationships,  changes  in  the  fair  value  are  either  offset  through  earnings  against  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the 
hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged or recognized in AOCI, to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting 
the changes in cash flows being hedged until the hedged item affects earnings. 

The Company only enters into derivative contracts that it intends to designate as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or 
the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). For all hedging 
relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for 
undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging 
instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description 
of the method used to measure ineffectiveness.  The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging 
relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in 
offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of 
a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other 
comprehensive  income  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  period  or  periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction 
affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded 
from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. 

F-12 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective 
in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash 
flow  hedge  is  de-designated because  a  forecasted  transaction  is  not probable  of  occurring,  or  management  determines  to 
remove the designation of the cash flow hedge. 

In  all  situations  in  which  hedge  accounting  is  discontinued  and  the  derivative  remains  outstanding,  the  Company 
continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value 
in earnings. When it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and 
recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income related to the 
hedging relationship. 

(q) 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying values of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable 
and short-term debt approximate their fair values because of the short maturities of those instruments. The fair value of the 
Company’s long-term debt approximates its carrying value and is based on the amount of future cash flows associated with 
the debt discounted using current borrowing rates for similar debt instruments of comparable maturity. 

Financial reporting standards define a fair value hierarchy that consists of three levels: 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

Level  1  includes  instruments  for  which  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities 
accessible to the Company at the measurement date. 

Level 2 includes instruments for which the valuations are based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, 
quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be  corroborated  by 
observable data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

Level  3  includes  valuations  based  on  inputs  that  are  unobservable  and  significant  to  the  overall  fair  value 
measurement. 

(r) 

Stock-based Compensation 

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  payment  awards  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  718, 
“Compensation—Stock Compensation”, which requires it to recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payment 
awards  made  to  employees  and  directors  including  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units,  and  restricted  stock  units  with  a 
market condition related to our Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended, the “Third 
A&R Plan”) as well as employee stock purchases (“employee stock purchases”) related to its Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
(as amended, the “ESPP”). The Company issues new shares upon stock option exercises, upon vesting of  restricted stock 
units and restricted stock units with a market condition, and under the Company’s ESPP. 

Stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that 
is ultimately  expected  to vest and has  been reduced for  estimated  forfeitures. The  Company values stock-based  payment 
awards, except restricted stock units at grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes model”). 
The  Company  values  restricted  stock  units  with  a  market  condition  using  a  Monte-Carlo  valuation  simulation.  The 
determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model or Monte-Carlo 
valuation simulation is affected by its stock price as well as assumptions regarding certain variables. These variables include, 
but are not limited to its expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected stock option 
exercise behaviors. 

The fair value of restricted stock units are based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and 
are  recorded  as  compensation  expense  ratably  over  the  applicable  service  period,  which  ranges  from  one  to  four  years. 
Unvested restricted stock units are forfeited in the event of termination of employment with the Company. 

Stock-based compensation expense recognized under FASB ASC 718 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 
consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, the employee stock purchase plan, and the restricted 
stock  units  and  was  recorded  as  a  component  of  cost  of  product  revenues,  sales  and  marketing  expenses,  general  and 
administrative expenses, research and development expenses and discontinued operations. Refer to Note 14 for further details. 

F-13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(s) 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In  February  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU) 
2016-02, Leases, which is intended to improve financial reporting about leasing transactions. The update requires a lessee to 
record  on  the  balance  sheet  the  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  rights  and  obligations  created  by  lease  terms  of  more  than 
12 months. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. A modified retrospective transition 
approach is required for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in 
the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company expects to utilize a practical expedient in 
its method of adoption of the standard.  Under this expedient, which is a “current-period adjustment method,” the Company 
would apply ASC 842 as of January 2019 and record a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of that date. 

The Company has made substantial progress in its assessment over the impact of the standard and determined that the 
only material leases that it holds are building leases. Upon adoption of the standard, the Company preliminarily expects to 
record a right of use asset in the range of approximately $9 to $11 million and a lease liability in the range of approximately 
$10 to $12 million on its consolidated balance sheet. The finalization of the Company’s assessment may result in changes to 
the  Company’s  estimates  that  may  impact  its  preliminary  estimate  of  the  cumulative  effect.  The  Company’s  future 
commitments under lease obligations are summarized in Note 13. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement 
of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking 
approach  based  on  expected  losses  rather  than  incurred  losses  to  estimate  credit  losses  on  certain  types  of  financial 
instruments,  including  trade  receivables.  This  may  result  in  the  earlier  recognition  of  allowances  for  losses.  The  ASU  is 
effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. In November 
2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, 
which provided additional implementation guidance on the previously issued ASU. Management has not yet completed its 
assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Currently, the Company 
believes that the most notable impact of this ASU will relate to its processes around the assessment of the adequacy of its 
allowance for doubtful accounts on trade accounts receivable and the recognition of credit losses. 

In  August  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-12,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815)  which  amends  the  hedge 
accounting  recognition  and  presentation  requirements  in  ASC  815,  Derivatives  and  Hedging.  The  Board’s  objectives  in 
issuing the ASU are to (1) improve the transparency and understandability of information conveyed to financial statement 
users about an entity’s risk management activities by better aligning the entity’s financial reporting for hedging relationships 
with those risk management activities and (2) reduce the complexity of and simplify the application of hedge accounting by 
preparers. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, 
beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The Company is 
evaluating  the  requirements  of  this  guidance  and  has  not  yet  determined  the  impact  of  the  adoption  on  its  consolidated 
financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements 
for Defined Benefit Plans, which amends ASC 715 to add, remove and clarify disclosure requirements related to defined 
benefit  pension  and  other  postretirement  plans.  The  ASU  is  effective  for  public  entities  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Management has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of the 
new standard on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, a new accounting standard that 
provides for a comprehensive model to use in the accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers that will 
replace  most  existing revenue  recognition guidance within generally  accepted  accounting principles in  the  United States. 
Under this standard, revenue will be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount 
that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. 

The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach, and applied the 
guidance to contracts that were not completed at the date of adoption. The Company’s significant revenue streams currently 
consist primarily of product revenue transactions, service, maintenance and extended warranty transactions on certain product 
sales. The timing of recognizing revenues for these revenue streams did not materially change. Additionally, the adoption of 
ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, equity or cash flows 
as  of  the  adoption date or  for  the year  ended December 31, 2018. The Company’s updated  revenue recognition policy  is 
described in Note 2 and disaggregated revenue disclosures required under ASC 2014-09 are presented in Note 19. 

F-14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In  May  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-09, Stock  compensation  (Topic  718):  Scope  of  modification 
accounting which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The ASU provides 
guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be 
required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting 
if  the  fair  value,  vesting  conditions,  and  classification  of  the  awards  are  the  same  immediately  before  and  after  the 
modification. The ASU  is effective  for annual  reporting  periods,  including  interim  periods within  those  annual  reporting 
periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2018, and the new standard 
did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows 

(t) Reclassifications 

As disclosed in Note 6, on January 22, 2018, the Company sold substantially all the assets of its operating subsidiary, 
Denville Scientific, Inc. (Denville). The sale of Denville represented a strategic shift that had a major effect on the Company’s 
operations and financial results. As such and pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 205-20 – Presentation of 
Financial Statements - Discontinued Operations, the operating results of Denville for the years ended December 31, 2018 
and 2017 have been presented in discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the assets 
and liabilities of Denville as of December 31, 2017 have been recast in the consolidated balance sheet and presented as held 
for  sale.  These  reclassifications  and  adjustments  had  no  effect  on  total  amounts  within  the  consolidated  balance  sheet, 
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), consolidated statements of cash flows for any of the 
periods presented. 

3.    Concentrations  

No  customer  accounted for more  than  10%  of  the  revenues  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 2018,  and 2017. At 

December 31, 2018 and 2017, no customer accounted for more than 10% of net accounts receivable. 

4.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax are as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Foreign 
currency 
translation   
adjustments    

Derivatives 
qualifying as 
hedges 

Defined 
benefit 
pension plans    

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2016 ...........................................    $ 

(14,200 )   $ 

-     $ 

(2,458 )   $ 

(16,658 ) 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before  

reclassifications.................................................................      

4,445       

(24 )     

1,200       

5,621   

Amounts reclassified from AOCI .........................................      

-       

61       

300       

361   

Net other comprehensive income .........................................      

4,445       

37       

1,500       

5,982   

Balance at December 31,  2017 ..........................................    $ 

(9,755 )   $ 

37     $ 

(958 )   $ 

(10,676 ) 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications .........      

(2,875 )     

(343 )     

(49 )     

(3,267 ) 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI .........................................      

-       

136       

275       

411   

Net other comprehensive (loss) income ...............................      

(2,875 )     

(207 )     

226       

(2,856 ) 

Balance at December 31, 2018 ...........................................    $ 

(12,630 )   $ 

(170 )   $ 

(732 )   $ 

(13,532 ) 

F-15 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
 
 
The amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Amounts Reclassified From AOCI 
Derivatives qualifying as hedges 

Realized loss on derivatives qualifying as 

Affected line item in the 
Statements of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

hedges ......................................................    
Income tax ..................................................    

Interest expense, net 
Income tax (benefit) expense 

  $ 

Defined benefit pension plans 

Amortization of net losses included in net 

periodic pension costs ..............................     General and administrative expenses     

Income tax ..................................................    

Income tax (benefit) expense 

136     $ 
-       
136       

331       
(56 )     
275       

Total reclassifications ......................................................................................................    $ 

411     $ 

61   
-   
61   

362   
(62 ) 
300   

361   

5.    Acquisition  

On January 31, 2018, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Data Sciences International, 
Inc. (DSI), a Delaware corporation, for approximately $71.1 million. The Company funded the acquisition from its existing 
cash  balances,  excess  proceeds  from  the  Denville  Transaction  discussed  in  Note  6,  and  proceeds  from  the  Financing 
Agreement discussed in Note 15. 

DSI,  a  St.  Paul,  Minnesota-based  life  science  research  company,  is  a  recognized  leader  in  physiologic  monitoring 
focused  on  delivering  preclinical  products,  systems,  services  and  solutions  to  its  customers.  Its  customers  include 
pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  companies,  as  well  as  contract  research  organizations,  academic  labs  and  government 
researchers.  This  acquisition  diversifies  the  Company’s  customer  base  into  the  biopharmaceutical  and  contract  research 
organization markets. 

The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was allocated to tangible and intangible net assets acquired as follows: 

Tangible assets ..................................................................................................................................................    $ 
Liabilities assumed ............................................................................................................................................      
Net assets ...........................................................................................................................................................      

   (in thousands) 
34,010   
(11,949 ) 
22,061   

Goodwill and intangible assets: 
Goodwill ............................................................................................................................................................      
Amortizable intangible assets: 
Trade name ........................................................................................................................................................      
Developed technology .......................................................................................................................................      
Customer relationships ......................................................................................................................................      
In-process research and development ................................................................................................................      
Total amortizable intangible assets ...................................................................................................................      
Deferred tax liabilities, net ................................................................................................................................      
Total goodwill and intangible assets, net of tax ................................................................................................      
Acquisition purchase price ................................................................................................................................    $ 

21,865   

3,524   
25,570   
9,837   
1,387   
40,318   
(13,120 ) 
49,063   
71,124   

F-16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
        
    
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Tangible assets and liabilities assumed, as referenced above,  consist of the following: 

Cash acquired ....................................................................................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable, net ....................................................................................................................................      
Inventories .........................................................................................................................................................      
Other current assets ...........................................................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment, net ....................................................................................................................      
Deferred income tax assets, net .........................................................................................................................      
Tangible assets ..................................................................................................................................................    $ 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................................................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue including customer advances ................................................................................................      
Other long term liabilities ..................................................................................................................................      
Liabilities assumed ............................................................................................................................................    $ 

2,576   
5,069   
11,512   
810   
3,574   
10,469   
34,010   

6,001   
2,976   
2,972   
11,949   

The allocation of the purchase price for DSI was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets acquired and was 
subject  to  adjustment  upon  finalization  of  the  valuation  of  the  acquired  intangible  assets  and  the  related  deferred  taxes. 
Measurements of these items inherently require significant estimates and assumptions. During the year ended December 31, 
2018, the Company made adjustments to the preliminary allocation of the purchase price that was presented in the March 31, 
2018 Form 10-Q. The adjustments consisted of an increase of $4.5 million to deferred tax liabilities; an increase of $3.1 
million to goodwill; a decrease of $1.6 million to other long term liabilities; an increase of $1.5 million to property, plant and 
equipment, net; an increase of $0.6 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities; and an increase of $0.6 million to the 
purchase price related to a net working capital adjustment. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has finalized the purchase 
price allocation for DSI. 

The weighted-average amortization periods for definite-lived intangible assets acquired are 9.4 years for tradenames, 
8.2  years for  developed  technology,  12.4  years  for  customer  relationships  and  7.4  years  for  in-process  research  and 
development assets. The weighted average amortization period for all definite-lived intangible assets acquired is 9.3 years. 

Goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition of DSI is not deductible for tax purposes. 

The results of operations for DSI have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date 
of  acquisition.  The  revenues  of  DSI  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  operations  from  the  date  of 
acquisition were approximately $42.6 million for the eleven-month period ended December 31, 2018. The net income of DSI 
included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the same period was approximately $1.8 million. Included 
in DSI’s net income was a $3.8 million charge recognized in cost of revenues related to purchase accounting inventory fair 
value step up amortization. The total inventory fair value step up was recognized into cost of revenues over one inventory 
turn,  or  approximately  five  and  a  half  months.  Also  included  in  net  income  of  DSI  is  $4.0  million  of  intangible  asset 
amortization  expense and $0.6  million of additional  depreciation  related  to  a  step up  of  fair  value of property, plant  and 
equipment, net. 

The following consolidated pro forma information is based on the assumption that the acquisition of DSI occurred on 
January 1, 2017. Accordingly, the historical results have been adjusted to reflect amortization expense, interest expense and 
other purchase accounting adjustments that would have been recognized on such a pro forma basis. The pro forma information 
is presented for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations 
which would have been reported had the Company completed the acquisition during these periods or which might be reported 
in the future. 

Pro Forma ................................................................................................................................    

Revenues .............................................................................................................................    $ 
Income (loss) from continuing operations ...........................................................................      

124,319     $ 
3,614       

121,104   
(8,454 ) 

Direct acquisition costs recorded in other expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations were 

$3.4 million and $0 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 
  (in thousands)     

2017 

F-17 

  
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
6.    Discontinued Operations  

On  January  22,  2018,  the  Company  sold  substantially  all  the  assets  of  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Denville,  for 
approximately $20.0 million, which includes a $3.0 million earn-out provision (the Denville Transaction). Upon the closing 
of the transaction, the Company received $15.7 million. The $3.0 million earn-out provision represents consideration that is 
contingent on Denville achieving certain performance metrics over a period of two years. 

The following table is a reconciliation of the carrying amounts of major assets and liabilities of Denville classified as 

held for sale in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017. 

December 31, 
2017 
   (in thousands) 

Carrying amounts of major classes of assets 

Cash ...............................................................................................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable, net ................................................................................................................................      
Inventories .....................................................................................................................................................      
Other receivables and other assets .................................................................................................................      
Current assets held for sale ............................................................................................................................      

Property, plant and equipment .......................................................................................................................      
Amortizable intangible assets ........................................................................................................................      
Allocation of goodwill ...................................................................................................................................      
Long term assets held for sale .......................................................................................................................      
Total assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet ........................    $ 

Carrying amounts of major classes of liabilities 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses .......................................................................................................    $ 
Other current liabilities ..................................................................................................................................      
Current liabilities held for sale ......................................................................................................................      

Deferred income tax liabilities ......................................................................................................................      
Long term liabilities held for sale ..................................................................................................................      
Total liabilities of the disposal group classified as held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet ..................    $ 

541   
2,854   
4,505   
504   
8,404   

397   
5,930   
3,633   
9,960   
18,364   

1,736   
121   
1,857   

1,311   
1,311   
3,168   

The following table is a reconciliation of the major line items of income from discontinued operations presented within 

the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Revenues .............................................................................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenues ..................................................................................................................      
Operating and other expenses ..............................................................................................      
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations .......................................................................      
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes ....................................................    $ 
Income tax benefit ...............................................................................................................      
Income from discontinued operations .....................................................................................      

893     $ 
(534 )     
(674 )     
1,251       
936     $ 
(441 )     
1,377       

24,475   
(16,048 ) 
(7,893 ) 
-   
534   
(617 ) 
1,151   

Included within the adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities in the Company’s 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, was amortization of intangible assets 
for  Denville  of  $47  thousand  and  $0.9  million,  respectively.  Depreciation  and  capital  expenditures  for  Denville  were 
immaterial for both periods presented. 

F-18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
 
 
7.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

Intangible assets consist of the following: 

   December 31, 2018 

   December 31, 2017 

(in thousands) 

   Weighted    
   Average    
Life 

(a) 

Amortizable intangible assets: 
Existing technology ......................................    $  41,268     $ 
Trade names .................................................      
7,828       
Distribution agreements/customer 

   Gross 

Accumulated 
Amortization    Gross 

Accumulated 
Amortization   

(16,215)   $  16,173     $ 
4,443       

(2,861)     

(13,179 )     
(2,280 )     

7.1 
7.7 

     Years 
     Years 

relationships ..............................................      
In-process research and development ...........      
Patents ..........................................................      
Total amortizable intangible assets ..............      

22,657       
1,387       
211       
73,351     $ 

(9,509)     
(30)     
(204)     
(28,819)     

13,197       
-       
223       
34,036     $ 

(8,373 )      10.6 
7.3 
-       
(174 )     
0.2 
(24,006 )     

     Years 
     Years 
     Years 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets: 
Goodwill .......................................................      
Other indefinite-lived intangible assets ........      
Total goodwill and other indefinite-lived 

57,304       
1,232       

intangible assets ........................................      

58,536       

36,336       
1,244       

37,580       

Total intangible assets, gross ........................    $  131,887       

     $  71,616       

(a) Weighted average life as of  

December 31, 2018. 

The balances presented in the tables above and below exclude intangible assets and allocated goodwill of Denville as 
of December 31, 2017. Both the intangible assets and the allocated goodwill balances are reported as long term assets held 
for sale as of December 31, 2017. Refer to Note 6 for further details. 

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2016 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 
Effect of change in currency translation ........................................................................................................      
Reclassification of goodwill as held for sale .................................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2017 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 
Goodwill arising from business combination ................................................................................................      
Effect of change in currency translation ........................................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2018 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 

   (in thousands) 
38,032   
1,937   
(3,633 ) 
36,336   
21,865   
(897 ) 
57,304   

Amortization of intangible assets 

Intangible asset amortization expense from continuing operations was $5.4 million and $1.6 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  Amortization  expense  of  existing  amortizable  intangible  assets  is  currently 
estimated to be $5.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2019, $5.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2020, 
$5.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2021, $5.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2022, and $5.4 million 
for the year ending December 31, 2023. 

F-19 

  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
        
       
        
        
  
    
  
    
        
       
        
        
  
    
  
       
        
  
    
  
       
        
  
    
  
       
        
  
    
  
  
    
        
       
        
        
  
    
  
        
  
    
  
  
    
        
       
        
        
  
    
  
    
        
       
        
        
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
8.    Inventories 

Inventories consist of the following: 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017 

Finished goods.........................................................................................................................    $ 
Work in process .......................................................................................................................      
Raw materials ..........................................................................................................................      
Total ....................................................................................................................................    $ 

(in thousands) 
6,936     $ 
3,667       
14,484       
25,087     $ 

5,779   
1,042   
10,027   
16,848   

9.    Property, Plant and Equipment 

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, property, plant and equipment consist of the following: 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017 

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements .........................................................................    $ 
Machinery and equipment .......................................................................................................      
Computer equipment and software ..........................................................................................      
Furniture and fixtures ..............................................................................................................      
Automobiles ............................................................................................................................      

Less: accumulated depreciation ...............................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment, net ..........................................................................................    $ 

(in thousands) 
2,468     $ 
9,678       
9,685       
1,390       
115       
23,336       
(17,438 )     
5,898     $ 

2,197   
7,022   
8,819   
1,139   
120   
19,297   
(15,554 ) 
3,743   

10.   Related Party Transactions 

As part of the acquisitions of Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH (MCS) and Triangle BioSystems, Inc. (TBSI) in 
2014, the Company signed lease agreements with the former owners of the acquired companies. The principals of such former 
owners of MCS and TBSI were employees of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Pursuant to a lease agreement, 
the Company made rent payments of approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million to the former owners of MCS during the 
years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company made rent payments of approximately $44 thousand 
and $42 thousand to the former owner of TBSI during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

11.   Warranties 

Warranties  are  estimated  and  accrued  at  the  time  revenues  are  recorded.  A  rollforward  of  the  Company’s  product 

warranty accrual is as follows: 

Beginning 
Balance 

(Payments)\ 
Credits 

Additions 

Ending 
Balance 

(in thousands) 

Year ended December 31, 2017 ...........................................    $ 

193       

(7 )     

60     $ 

Year ended December 31, 2018 ...........................................    $ 

246       

(37 )     

182     $ 

246   

391   

F-20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
 
 
12.    Employee Benefit Plans  

The Company sponsors profit sharing retirement plans for its U.S. employees, which includes employee savings plans 
established  under  Section 401(k) of  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Code  (the  “401(k) Plans”).  The  401(k) Plans  cover 
substantially all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Contributions to the 401(k) Plans are at the 
discretion of management. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company contributed approximately $0.5 
million and $0.6 million, respectively, to the 401(k) Plans. 

The  Company’s  subsidiary  in  the  United  Kingdom,  Biochrom  Limited  maintains  contributory,  defined  benefit  or 
defined contribution pension plans for substantially all of its employees. In 2014, these defined benefit pension plans were 
closed to new employees, as well as closed to the future accrual of benefits for existing employees. The provisions of FASB 
ASC 715-20 require that the funded status of the Company’s pension plans be recognized in its balance sheet. FASB ASC 
715-20 does not change the measurement or income statement recognition of these plans, although it does require that plan 
assets and benefit obligations be measured as of the balance sheet date. The Company has historically measured the plan 
assets and benefit obligations as of the balance sheet date. 

The components of the Company’s defined benefit pension expense were as follows: 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Components of net periodic benefit cost: 
Interest cost .............................................................................................................................      
Expected return on plan assets ................................................................................................      
Net amortization loss ...............................................................................................................      
Recognition of net gain/loss due to settlements ......................................................................      
Net periodic benefit cost ..........................................................................................................    $ 

502       
(779 )     
222       
110       
55     $ 

524   
(663 ) 
362   
-   
223   

The measurement date is December 31 for these plans. The funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension 

plans and the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows: 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Balance at beginning of year ...............................................................................................    $ 
Service cost .........................................................................................................................      
Interest cost .........................................................................................................................      
Actuarial (gain) loss ............................................................................................................      
Settlements due to transfers paid .........................................................................................      
Benefits paid ........................................................................................................................      
Currency translation adjustment ..........................................................................................      
Balance at end of year .........................................................................................................    $ 

21,126     $ 
24       
502       
(1,056 )     
(267 )     
(521 )     
(1,107 )     
18,701     $ 

19,214   
-   
524   
26   
-   
(514 ) 
1,876   
21,126   

Change in fair value of plan assets: 

Balance at beginning of year ...............................................................................................    $ 
Actual return on plan assets .................................................................................................      
Employer contributions .......................................................................................................      
Settlement due to transfers paid ..........................................................................................      
Benefits paid ........................................................................................................................      
Currency translation adjustment ..........................................................................................      
Balance at end of year .........................................................................................................    $ 

19,972     $ 
(1,058 )     
741       
(263 )     
(521 )     
(1,052 )     
17,819     $ 

16,252   
1,871   
689   
-   
(514 ) 
1,674   
19,972   

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

F-21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation: 
Funded status ...........................................................................................................................    $ 
Unrecognized net loss .............................................................................................................      
Net amount recognized ............................................................................................................    $ 

(882 )   $ 
N/A       
(882 )   $ 

(1,154 ) 
N/A   
(1,154 ) 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  all  defined  benefit  pension  plans  was  $18.7  million  and  $21.1  million  at 

December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of: 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Deferred income tax assets ......................................................................................................    $ 
Other long term liabilities ........................................................................................................      
Net amount recognized ............................................................................................................    $ 

150     $ 
(882 )     
(732 )   $ 

196   
(1,154 ) 
(958 ) 

The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax consist of: 

Underfunded status of pension plans .......................................................................................    $ 
Net amount recognized ............................................................................................................    $ 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 
(732 )   $ 
(732 )   $ 

(958 ) 
(958 ) 

The weighted average assumptions used in determining the net pension cost for these plans follows: 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Discount rate ...........................................................................................................................      
Expected return on assets ........................................................................................................      

2.65 %     
4.68 %     

2.43 % 
3.86 % 

The discount rate assumptions used for pension accounting reflect the prevailing rates available on high-quality, fixed-
income debt instruments with terms that match the average expected duration of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan 
obligations. The Company uses the iBoxx AA 15yr+ index, which matches the average duration of its pension plan liability 
of approximately 15 years. With the current base of assets in the pension plans, a one percent increase/decrease in the discount 
rate assumption would decrease/increase annual pension expense by approximately $9,000. 

The Company’s mix of pension plan investments among asset classes also affects the long-term expected rate of return 
on plan assets. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s actual asset mix approximated its target mix. Differences between 
actual and expected returns are recognized in the calculation of net periodic pension (income)/cost over the average remaining 
expected future working lifetime, which is approximately 15 years, of active plan participants. With the current base of assets, 
a  one  percent  increase/decrease  in  the  asset  return  assumption  would  decrease/increase  annual  pension  expense  by 
approximately $178,000. 

F-22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The fair value and asset allocations of the Company’s pension benefits as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 measurement 

dates were as follows: 

Asset category: 

2018 

December 31, 

(in thousands) 

2017 

Equity securities ...............................................................    $ 
Debt securities ..................................................................      
Liability driven investment funds .....................................      
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................      
Other .................................................................................      
Total .................................................................................    $ 

9,134       
3,274       
4,341       
618       
452       
17,819       

51 %   $ 
18 %     
24 %     
4 %     
3 %     
100 %   $ 

10,774       
3,204       
4,685       
856       
453       
19,972       

54 % 
16 % 
23 % 
4 % 
3 % 
100 % 

Financial reporting standards define a fair value hierarchy that consists of three levels. The fair values of the plan assets 

by fair value hierarchy level as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows: 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) .............................................    $ 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) ........................................................................      
Significant Other Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) ....................................................................      
Total ....................................................................................................................................    $ 

618     $ 
17,201       
-       
17,819     $ 

856   
19,116   
-   
19,972   

Level 1 assets consist of cash and cash equivalents held in the pension plans at December 31, 2018. The Level 2 assets 
primarily consist of investments in private investment funds that are valued using the net asset values provided by the trust 
or fund, including an insurance contract. Although these funds are not traded in an active market with quoted prices, the 
investments underlying the net asset value are based on quoted prices. 

The  Company  expects  to  contribute  at  least  $0.7  million  to  its  pension  plans  during  2019.  These  contributions  are 

expected to increase in 2019 and beyond by an immaterial amount in order to accelerate the deficit recovery period. 

The benefits expected to be paid from the pension plans are $0.6 million in 2019, $0.5 million in 2020, $0.5 million in 
2021, $0.6 million in 2022 and $0.7 million in 2023. The expected benefits to be paid in the five years from 2024—2028 are 
$4.0 million. The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at 
December 31, 2018. 

13.   Leases  

The Company has noncancelable operating leases for office and warehouse space expiring at various dates through 
2023 and thereafter. Rent payments for continuing operations were approximately $3.2 million and $1.8 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases, with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year at December 

31, 2018, are as follows: 

2019 ...................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2020 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2021 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2022 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2023 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ..........................................................................................................................................................      
Net minimum lease payments ...........................................................................................................................    $ 

Leases 
   (in thousands) 
2,250   
2,247   
1,987   
1,966   
1,990   
7,559   
17,999   

   Operating 

F-23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
         
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
14.   Capital Stock  

Common Stock  

On February 5, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend 
distribution of one preferred stock purchase right for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock to shareholders 
of record as of the close of business on February 6, 2008. These rights were not initially exercisable and would trade with the 
shares of the Company’s common stock. The rights would become exercisable under various conditions according to the 
terms of the plan. The Shareholder Rights Plan expired, with no rights having become exercisable, in accordance with its 
terms on the close of business on February 6, 2018. 

Preferred Stock 

The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 5.0 million shares of preferred stock and to determine 
the price privileges and other terms of the shares. The Board of Directors may exercise this authority without any further 
approval of stockholders. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had no preferred stock issued or outstanding. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended, the ESPP) 

In 2000, the Company approved the ESPP. Under this ESPP, participating employees can authorize the Company to 
withhold  a  portion  of  their  base  pay  during  consecutive  six-month  payment  periods  for  the  purchase  of  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock. At the conclusion of the period, participating employees can purchase shares of the Company’s 
common stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the beginning or end of the 
period. Shares are issued under the ESPP for the six-month periods ending June 30 and December 31. On May 18, 2017, the 
stockholders of the Company approved an increase of 300,000 shares of common stock in the number of shares available for 
issuance under the ESPP. Following such amendment, 1,050,000 shares of common stock are authorized for issuance, of 
which 890,762 shares were issued as of December 31, 2018. There were 89,308 and 76,215 shares issued under the ESPP 
during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Stock Option and Equity Incentive Plans 

Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended, the Third A&R Plan) 

The Third Amendment to the Third A&R Plan (the Amendment) was adopted by the Board of Directors on April 2, 
2018. Such Amendment was approved by the stockholders at the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Pursuant 
to the Amendment, the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance under the Third A&R Plan was increased by 
3,400,000 shares to 20,908,929. 

Restricted Stock Units with a Market Condition (the Market Condition RSUs) 

On August 3, 2015, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved and granted 
deferred stock awards of Market Condition RSUs (the 2015 Market Condition RSUs) to certain members of the Company’s 
management team under the Third A&R Plan. The vesting of these 2015 Market Condition RSUs was cliff-based and linked 
to the achievement of a relative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock from August 3, 2015 to the earlier 
of (i) August 3, 2018 or (ii) upon a change of control (measured relative to the Russell 3000 index and based on the 20-day 
trading  average  price  before  each  such  date).  As  of  August  3,  2018,  certain  of  the  target  total  shareholder  returns  were 
achieved, and as a result, 69,667 of the 2015 Market Condition RSUs vested. The remaining 2015 Market Condition RSUs 
did not vest and were canceled. 

On  May  24,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  approved  and  granted 
deferred stock awards of Market Condition RSUs (the 2018 Market Condition RSUs) to certain members of the Company’s 
management team under the Third A&R Plan. The vesting of the 2018 Market Condition RSUs is based on a graded-vesting 
schedule (one third at the end of each year for three years) and linked to the achievement of a relative total shareholder return 
of the Company’s common stock from May 24, 2018 to the earlier of (i) May 24, 2019 or (ii) upon a change of control 
(measured relative to the NASDAQ Biotechnology index and based on the 20-day trading average price before each such 
date). As of December 31, 2018, the target number of these restricted stock units that may be earned is 116,944 shares; the 
maximum amount is 150% of the target number. 

F-24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Stock-Based Payment Awards 

The Company accounts for stock-based payment awards in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 718, which 
requires it to recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors including 
stock options, restricted stock units, Market Condition RSUs and employee stock purchases related to the ESPP. 

The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 as of January 1, 2017. As a result of this adoption, the Company has elected as 
an  accounting policy  to account for forfeitures  for  service  based  awards  as  they occur, with no  adjustment  for  estimated 
forfeitures. The Company recognized as of January 1, 2017, a cumulative effect adjustment of $0.1 million to reduce retained 
earnings as required under the modified retrospective approach. 

Stock option and restricted stock unit activity under the Company’s Third A&R Plan for the years ended December 31, 

2017 and 2018 were as follows: 

Stock Options 

   Restricted Stock Units 

   Market Condition RSU's 

Stock 
Options 
Outstanding   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
 Price 

Restricted 
Stock Units 
Outstanding   

Grant Date 
Fair Value    

Market 
Condition 
RSU's 
Outstanding   

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

Balance at December 31, 

2016 ...............................       4,096,818       
237,700       
Granted ..........................      
(143,391 )     
Exercised .......................      
Vested (RSUs) ...............      
-       
(410,883 )     
Cancelled / forfeited ......      

Balance at December 31, 

2017 ...............................       3,780,244     $ 
Granted ..........................      
104,585       
Exercised .......................       (1,696,255 )     
Vested (RSUs) ...............      
-       
(231,842 )     
Cancelled / forfeited ......      

Balance at December 31, 

3.94        1,072,653       
3.24        1,298,371       
-       
2.48       
(488,570 )     
-       
(85,527 )     
3.93       

3.95        1,796,927     $ 
639,126       
4.48       
-       
3.50       
(845,326 )     
-       
(356,965 )     
4.96       

3.15       
2.49       
-       
3.08       
3.05       

2.69       
4.31       
-       
2.88       
2.84       

182,150       
-       
-       
-       
(18,023 )     

164,127     $ 
156,944       
-       
(69,667 )     
(134,460 )     

4.81   
-   
-   
-   
4.81   

4.81   
4.19   
-   
4.81   
4.63   

2018 ...............................       1,956,732     $ 

4.25        1,233,762     $ 

3.36       

116,944     $ 

4.19   

The Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation. 

Earnings per share 

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  based  upon  net  income  divided  by  the  number  of  weighted  average  common  shares 
outstanding during the period. The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes conversion of stock options, restricted 
stock units and Market Condition RSUs into common stock using the treasury method. The weighted average number of 
shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share consists of the following: 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Basic ........................................................................................................................................       36,453,126        34,753,325   
Effect of assumed conversion of employee and director stock options, restricted stock units 

and Market Condition RSUs ................................................................................................      

-   
Diluted .....................................................................................................................................       36,453,126        34,753,325   

-       

F-25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
Excluded from the shares used in calculating the diluted earnings per common share in the above table are options, 
restricted stock units and Market Condition RSUs of approximately 3,307,438 and 5,741,298 shares of common stock for the 
years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, as the impact of these shares would be anti-dilutive. 

The Company’s policy is to issue stock available from its registered but unissued stock pool through its transfer agent 

to satisfy stock option exercises and vesting of the restricted stock units. 

The  following  table  summarizes  information  concerning  currently  outstanding  and  exercisable  options  as  of 

December 31, 2018 (Aggregate Intrinsic Value, in thousands): 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Shares 
Outstanding 
at 
Dec. 31,  
2018 

Weighted 
 Average 
Remaining  
Contractual 
Life 
in Years 

Weighted 
 Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate  
Intrinsic 
Value 

Shares 
Exercisable 
at 
Dec. 31, 
2018 

Weighted 
 Average 
Remaining  
Contractual 
Life 
in Years 

Weighted 
 Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Range of 
Exercise 
Price 

$2.28   -   3.29      
204,476      
  3.30   -   3.49       
175,200       
  3.50   -   3.92       
159,037       
  3.93   -   4.08       
79,019       
  4.09   -   4.17       
402,325       
  4.18   -   4.26       
49,000       
  4.27   -   4.38       
350,000       
  4.39   -   5.39       
146,550       
  5.40   -   5.54       
203,625       
  5.55   -   5.75       
187,500       
$2.28   -   5.75        1,956,732       

4.74     $ 
8.83       
5.95       
2.42       
5.41       
5.75       
4.88       
6.65       
6.18       
6.77       
5.79     $ 

2.71    $ 
3.33      
3.68      
4.04      
4.12      
4.21      
4.31      
4.95      
5.51      
5.58      
4.25    $ 

96       160,851      
-       
58,400       
-        114,452       
79,019       
-       
-        402,325       
-       
49,000       
-        350,000       
-        121,550       
-        144,375       
-        125,625       
96       1,605,597       

3.89     $ 
8.83       
4.41       
2.42       
5.41       
5.75       
4.88       
6.09       
6.18       
6.43       
5.26     $ 

2.66     $ 
3.33       
3.64       
4.04       
4.12       
4.21       
4.31       
5.05       
5.51       
5.56       
4.26     $ 

84 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
84 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s 
closing stock price of $3.18 as of December 31, 2018, which would have been received by the option holders had all option 
holders exercised their options as of that date. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 
31, 2018 and 2017 was approximately $2.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The total number of in-the-money options 
that were exercisable as of December 31, 2018 was 160,851. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the total compensation costs related to unvested awards not yet recognized is 

$3.2 million and the weighted average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.12 years. 

Valuation and Expense Information under Stock-Based-Payment Accounting 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock units, Market Condition RSU’s and the 

employee stock purchase plan for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was allocated as follows: 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Cost of revenues ......................................................................................................................    $ 
Sales and marketing ................................................................................................................      
General and administrative ......................................................................................................      
Research and development ......................................................................................................      
Discontinued operations ..........................................................................................................      
Total stock-based compensation..............................................................................................    $ 

64     $ 
431       
2,232       
167       
150       
3,044     $ 

61   
488   
2,695   
139   
117   
3,500   

F-26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation. 

The weighted-average estimated fair value per share of stock options granted during 2018 and 2017 was $1.83 and 

$1.32, respectively, using the Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Volatility ..................................................................................      
Risk-free interest rate ...............................................................      
Expected holding period (in years) ...........................................      
Dividend yield ..........................................................................      

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2018 
43.28   % 
2.84   % 
4.83   years 
-   % 

2017 
41.63  % 
2.03  % 
5.41  years 
-  % 

The weighted average fair value of the 2018 Market Condition RSUs which were granted under the Third A&R Plan 
during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $4.19. There were no Market Condition RSUs granted during the year ended 
December  31,  2017.  The  following  assumptions  were  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value,  using  a  Monte-Carlo  valuation 
simulation, of the Market Condition RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2018: 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2018 

Volatility ...........................................................................................................................................................      
Risk-free interest rate ........................................................................................................................................      
Correlation coefficient .......................................................................................................................................      
Dividend yield ...................................................................................................................................................      

44.02 % 
2.27 % 
0.07 % 
- % 

The Company used historical volatility to calculate the expected volatility as of December 31, 2018. Historical volatility 
was  determined  by  calculating  the  mean  reversion  of  the  daily  adjusted  closing  stock  price.  The  risk-free  interest  rate 
assumption is based upon observed U.S. Treasury bill interest rates (risk-free) appropriate for the term of the Company’s 
stock  options.  The  expected  holding  period  of  stock  options  represents  the  period  of  time  options  are  expected  to  be 
outstanding and were based on historical experience. The vesting period ranges from one to four years and the contractual 
life is ten years. 

Stock-based  compensation  expense  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017 is recognized on awards as they vest and following the adoption of ASU 2016-09 in January 
2017, is not reduced for annualized estimated forfeitures. 

15.   Long Term Debt 

On January 22, 2018, in connection with the closing of the Denville Transaction, the Company terminated the Third 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the Credit Agreement), among the Company, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 
and each of the other lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent. All outstanding amounts under the 
agreement were repaid in full using a portion of the proceeds of the Denville Transaction. At the time of repayment, there 
was approximately $11.9 million outstanding. 

On  January  31,  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  a  financing  agreement  by  and  among  the  Company  and  certain 
subsidiaries of the Company parties thereto, as borrowers (collectively, the Borrower), certain subsidiaries of the Company 
parties thereto, as guarantors, various lenders from time to time party thereto (the Lenders), and Cerberus Business Finance, 
LLC,  as  collateral  agent  and  administrative  agent  for  the  Lenders  (the  Financing  Agreement).  On  August  16,  2018,  the 
Company and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC entered into a First Amendment to the Financing Agreement, which such 
amendment modified certain provisions related to the borrowing base and reporting, among other things. 

The Financing Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities (the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) comprised 
of a $64.0 million term loan and up to a $25.0 million revolving line of credit. The proceeds of the term loan and $4.8 million 
of advances under the revolving line of credit were used to fund a portion of the DSI acquisition, and to pay fees and expenses 
related thereto and the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, the revolving facility is available for use 
by  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  for  general  corporate  and  working  capital  needs,  and  other  purposes  to  the  extent 
permitted by the Financing Agreement. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities have a maturity of five years. 

F-27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Commencing on March 31, 2018, the outstanding term loans amortized in equal quarterly installments equal to $0.4 
million per quarter on such date and during each of the next three quarters thereafter. Beginning the quarter ending March 
31, 2019, the term loans amortize in installments of $0.6 million per quarter, continuing for the next three quarters thereafter 
and $0.8 million per quarter thereafter, with a balloon payment at maturity. 

The obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and certain 
of the Company’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and 
related guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis (subject to certain liens permitted under the Financing Agreement) by 
a lien on substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of the Company and its subsidiary guarantors, including all of the 
capital stock held by such obligors (subject to a 65% limitation on pledges of capital stock of foreign subsidiaries), subject to 
certain exceptions. 

Interest  on  all  loans  under  the  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  is  paid  monthly.  Borrowings  under  the  Financing 
Agreement accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) rate plus 6.25%. The loans 
are also subject to a 1.25% interest rate floor for LIBOR loans and a 4.25% interest rate floor for base rate loans. 

The Financing Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and affirmative covenants applicable to 
the Company and its subsidiaries and also contains certain restrictive covenants, including, among others, limitations on the 
incurrence of additional debt, liens on property, acquisitions and investments, loans and guarantees, mergers, consolidations, 
liquidations  and  dissolutions,  asset  sales,  dividends  and  other  payments  in  respect  of  the  Company’s  capital  stock, 
prepayments of certain debt, transactions with affiliates and modifications of organizational documents, material contracts, 
affiliated  practice  agreements  and  certain  debt  agreements.  The  Financing  Agreement  also  contains  customary  events  of 
default. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants contained in the Financing 
Agreement, was subject to covenant and working capital borrowing restrictions and had available borrowing capacity under 
its Financing Agreement of $9.8 million. 

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had borrowings net of debt issuance costs of $60.8 
million  and  $11.7  million  respectively,  outstanding.  The  carrying  value  of  the  debt  approximates  fair  value  because  the 
interest rate under the obligation approximates market rates of interest available to the Company for similar instruments.  

As of December 31, 2018, the weighted effective interest rate, net of the impact of the Company’s interest rate swap, 

on its term loan was 8.88%. 

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company’s borrowings were comprised of: 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017 

(in thousands) 

Long-term debt: 

Term loan ............................................................................................................................    $ 
Total unamortized deferred financing costs ........................................................................      
Total debt ................................................................................................................................      
Less: current installments ....................................................................................................      
Current unamortized deferred financing costs .....................................................................      
Long-term debt ........................................................................................................................    $ 

62,400     $ 
(1,605 )     
60,795       
(2,400 )     
401       
58,796     $ 

11,899   
(151 ) 
11,748   
(2,800 ) 
35   
8,983   

The aggregate amounts of debt maturing during the next five years are as follows: 

   (in thousands) 

2019 ...................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2020 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2021 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2022 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2023 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
Total ..................................................................................................................................................................    $ 

2,400   
3,200   
3,200   
3,200   
50,400   
62,400   

F-28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
  
 
 
16.   Derivatives 

The Company uses interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest 
rates on its variable-rate debt instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than 
cash flow hedging. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments. 

By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself 
to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. 
When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the 
Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company owes the counterparty and, therefore, the 
Company is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit 
risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon 
their credit profile. 

Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The 
market risk associated with interest-rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types 
and degree of market risk that may be undertaken. 

The Company assesses interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures 
that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company maintains risk 
management control systems to monitor interest rate risk attributable to both the Company’s outstanding or forecasted debt 
obligations as well as the Company’s offsetting hedge positions. The risk management control systems involve the use of 
analytical techniques, including cash flow sensitivity analysis, to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates on 
the Company’s future cash flows. 

The Company uses variable-rate LIBOR debt to finance its operations. The debt obligations expose the Company to 
variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. Management believes that it is prudent to limit the variability 
of  a  portion  of  its  interest  payments.  To  meet  this  objective,  management  enters  into  LIBOR  based  interest  rate  swap 
agreements to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the  benchmark interest rate of LIBOR. These 
swaps change the variable-rate cash flow exposure on the debt obligations to fixed cash flows. Under the terms of the interest 
rate  swaps,  the  Company  receives  LIBOR  based  variable  interest  rate payments  and  makes  fixed  interest  rate  payments, 
thereby creating the equivalent of fixed-rate debt for the notional amount of its debt hedged. 

As disclosed in Note 15, on January 31, 2018, the Company entered into a Financing Agreement comprised of a $64.0 
million term loan and up to a $25.0 million revolving line of credit. Shortly after entering into this Financing Agreement, the 
Company entered into an interest rate swap contract with PNC Bank with a notional amount of $36.0 million and a termination 
date of January 1, 2023 in order to hedge the risk of changes in the effective benchmark interest rate (LIBOR) associated with 
the Company’s Term Loan. The swap contract converted specific variable-rate debt into fixed-rate debt and fixed the LIBOR 
rate associated with a portion of the term loan under the Financing Agreement at 2.72%. The interest rate swap was designated 
as a cash flow hedge instrument in accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging”. 

The notional amount of the Company’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2018 was $34.1 million. 

F-29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  the  notional  amount  and  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  derivative  instruments  as  of 

December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. 

December 31, 2018 

   Notional Amount     Fair Value (a) 

Derivatives designated as hedging 
instruments under ASC 815 
Interest rate swaps ...................................    Other assets (long term liabilities) 

  Balance sheet classification 

  $ 

(in thousands) 
34,090    $ 

(170 ) 

Derivatives designated as hedging 
instruments under ASC 815 
Interest rate swaps ...................................    Other assets (long term liabilities) 

  Balance sheet classification 

  $ 

(in thousands) 
11,900     $ 

37  

December 31, 2017 

   Notional Amount     Fair Value (a) 

(a) See Note 17 for the fair value measurements related to these financial instruments. 

All of the Company’s derivative instruments are designated as hedging instruments. 

The Company has structured its interest rate swap agreements to be 100% effective and as a result, there was no impact 
to  earnings  resulting  from  hedge  ineffectiveness.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  interest  rate  swaps  designated  as  hedging 
instruments that effectively offset the variability of cash flows associated with variable-rate, long-term debt obligations are 
reported  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (AOCI).  These  amounts  subsequently  are  reclassified  into  interest 
expense as a yield adjustment of the hedged interest payments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings. 
The Company’s interest rate swap agreement was deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, and, as such, 
unrealized gains and losses related to these derivatives were recorded as AOCI. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  effect  of  derivatives  designated  as  cash  flow  hedging  instruments  and  their 

classification within comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017: 

Derivatives in Hedging Relationships 

Amount of loss recognized in OCI on derivative 
(effective portion) 
Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Interest rate swaps ............................................................................    $ 

(343)   $ 

(24 ) 

The following table summarizes the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the year ended 

December 31, 2018 and 2017: 

Details about AOCI 
Components 

Amount reclassified from AOCI into income  
(effective portion) 
Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

Interest rate swaps ...................    $ 

136     $ 

61     

Location of amount 
reclassified from AOCI  
into income  
 (effective portion) 
Interest expense, net 

As of December 31, 2018, $61 thousand of deferred losses on derivative instruments accumulated in AOCI are expected 
to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months. Transactions and events expected to occur over the next twelve 
months that will necessitate reclassifying these derivatives’ losses to earnings include the repricing of variable-rate debt. As 
a result of terminating the Credit Agreement, as discussed in Note 15, the Company unwound its previous May 2017 interest 
rate swap contract and received $0.1 million in proceeds. 

F-30 

  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
17.   Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value measurement is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in 
the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at 
the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy is established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into 
three broad levels as follows: 

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly. 
Level 3—Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s own assumptions. 

The following tables present the fair value hierarchy for those assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring 

basis: 

(In thousands) 
Assets (Liabilities): 

Fair Value as of December 31, 2018 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

Interest rate swap agreements ...........................................   $ 

-     $ 

(170 )   $ 

-     $ 

(170 ) 

(In thousands) 
Assets (Liabilities): 

Fair Value as of December 31, 2017 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

Interest rate swap agreements ...........................................   $ 

-     $ 

37     $ 

-     $ 

37   

The Company uses the market approach technique to value its financial liabilities. The Company’s financial assets and 
liabilities carried at fair value include derivative instruments used to hedge the Company’s interest rate risks. The fair value 
of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements was based on LIBOR yield curves at the reporting date.  

18.   Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses consist of: 

Compensation and payroll .......................................................................................................    $ 
Professional fees ......................................................................................................................      
Warranty costs .........................................................................................................................      
Local taxes, including VAT ....................................................................................................      
Customer credits ......................................................................................................................      
Interest .....................................................................................................................................      
Rent .........................................................................................................................................      
Other ........................................................................................................................................      
Total ........................................................................................................................................    $ 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 
2,896     $ 
536       
391       
423       
372       
480       
255       
409       
5,762     $ 

1,540   
579   
246   
376   
310   
33   
388   
344   
3,816   

F-31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
19.    Revenues  

The following table represents a disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers. Revenue from continuing 

operations originating from the following geographic areas for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 consist of: 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 
(in thousands) 

   United States   

United 
Kingdom 

   Germany 

Rest of the 
world 

Total 

Instruments, equipment, software and 

accessories ..............................................    $ 

79,614     $ 

13,690     $ 

13,193     $ 

8,571     $ 

115,068   

Service, maintenance and warranty 

contracts ..................................................      
Total revenues ............................................    $ 

4,438       
84,052     $ 

832       
14,522     $ 

366       
13,559     $ 

70       
8,641     $ 

5,706   
120,774   

Year Ended December 31, 2017 
(in thousands) 

   United States   

United 
Kingdom 

   Germany 

Rest of the 
world 

Total 

Instruments, equipment, software and 

accessories ..............................................    $ 

40,240     $ 

14,224     $ 

10,766     $ 

9,392     $ 

74,622   

Service, maintenance and warranty 

contracts ..................................................      
Total revenues ............................................    $ 

1,481       
41,721     $ 

819       
15,043     $ 

396       
11,162     $ 

89       
9,481     $ 

2,785   
77,407   

Deferred revenue  

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had approximately $3.8 million in deferred revenue comprised of revenue 
deferred from service contracts and revenue deferred from advance payments. Changes in deferred  revenue from service 
contracts and advance payments from customers during the period were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 

   (in thousands)   
Service 
Contracts 

Customer 
Advances 

Balance, beginning of period ..........................................................................    $ 
Addition due to business combination........................................................      
Deferral of revenue .....................................................................................      
Recognition of deferred revenue ................................................................      
Effect of foreign currency translation .........................................................      
Balance, end of period ....................................................................................    $ 

505     $ 
848       
4,305       
(3,984 )     
(15 )     
1,659     $ 

-     $ 
2,128       
1,210       
(1,177 )     
-       
2,161     $ 

Acquisition of DSI 

Total 

505   
2,976   
5,515   
(5,161 ) 
(15 ) 
3,820   

As discussed in Note 5, the Company acquired DSI, a previously privately held company on January 31, 2018. The 
Company has adopted ASC 606 with respect to DSI as of January 31, 2018. The tables, revenue recognition policies applied, 
and product descriptions noted above are thus inclusive of, and reflect revenues of DSI for the periods from the acquisition 
date. 

F-32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
20.   Income Tax  

Income tax from continuing operations was a benefit of approximately $3.7 million and $0.6 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The effective tax rate on continuing operations was 46.1% for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 compared with 23.1% for the same period in 2017. The difference between the Company’s effective tax 
rate year over year was primarily attributable to lower pre-tax income at certain individual subsidiaries in 2018 versus the 
impact of certain provisions of U.S tax reform in 2017. 

On December 22, 2017, tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act) was signed into law. 
A majority of the provisions of the Tax Act are effective January 1, 2018. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to 
the U.S. Internal Revenue Code which include, but are not limited to: (1) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate from 
35%  to  21%;  (2)  the  implementation  of  a  modified  territorial  tax  system  with  a  one-time  transition  tax  on  previously 
unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries; (3) a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI); 
(4) the deduction for foreign-derived intangible income (FDII); (5) a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (6) 
limitations  on  the  deductibility  of  certain  executive  compensation.  In  response  to  the  Tax  Act,  the  SEC  issued  Staff 
Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which provided companies with a one-year measurement period to complete the 
accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. The end of the measurement period for purposes of SAB 118 was December 
22, 2018. The Company has completed the analysis in accordance with guidance available as of the date of this filing and has 
recorded the impact as explained below. 

At December 31, 2017, the impact of the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities from 35% to 21% was an 
expense of $3.2 million which was fully offset by a change in the valuation allowance. The 2017 U.S. tax impact of the one-
time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings was an expense of $3.0 million. This impact 
was fully offset with net operating loss carryforwards for which a full valuation allowance had been recorded. As a result, no 
tax expense was recorded. In finalizing its analysis in 2018 the Company recorded an immaterial amount of adjustments to 
the original provisional amounts. With respect to GILTI, the Company has adopted a policy to account for this provision as 
a period cost. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, an income tax benefit of $0.4 million was recorded for discontinued operations. 

For the year ended December 31, 2017,income tax benefit for discontinued operations was $0.6 million. 

Income tax expense attributable to income from continued operations for years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 

consisted of: 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Current income tax (benefit) expense: 

Federal and state ..................................................................................................................    $ 
Foreign ................................................................................................................................      

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense): 

Federal and state ..................................................................................................................      
Foreign ................................................................................................................................      

Total income tax benefit from continuing operations ..............................................................    $ 

(191 )   $ 
279       
88       

(3,552 )     
(212 )     
(3,764 )     
(3,676 )   $ 

253   
297   
550   

(1,730 ) 
575   
(1,155 ) 
(605 ) 

The total benefit from income taxes included in the statement of operations is as follows: 

Continuing operations .............................................................................................................    $ 
Discontinued operations ..........................................................................................................      
Total income tax benefit ..........................................................................................................    $ 

(3,676 )   $ 
(441 )     
(4,117 )   $ 

(605 ) 
(617 ) 
(1,222 ) 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

F-33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
    
    
        
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
Income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 differed from the amount computed by applying 
the U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% and 34%, respectively, to pre-tax continuing operations income as a result of the 
following: 

   Year Ended December 31, 

Computed "expected" income tax benefit ...............................................................................    $ 
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: 

Permanent differences, net ..................................................................................................      
Foreign tax rate differential .................................................................................................      
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit .........................................................      
Non-deductible stock compensation expense ......................................................................      
Acquisition costs .................................................................................................................      
Impact of U.S. rate change ..................................................................................................      
Tax credits ...........................................................................................................................      
Change in reserve for uncertain tax position .......................................................................      
Impact of change to prior year tax accruals .........................................................................      
Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-09 ...................................................................................      
U.S tax on foreign dividends ...............................................................................................      
Foreign withholding taxes ...................................................................................................      
Conversion of U.S foreign tax credits from credit to deduction ..........................................      
Change in valuation allowance allocated to income tax benefit ..........................................      
Other ....................................................................................................................................      
Total income tax benefit ..........................................................................................................    $ 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 
(1,674 )   $ 

(892 ) 

(117 )     
(11 )     
(121 )     
(329 )     
438       
-       
(242 )     
203       
100       
-       
-       
-       
-       
(1,850 )     
(73 )     
(3,676 )   $ 

(118 ) 
23   
(103 ) 
174   
-   
3,159   
(14 ) 
(58 ) 
72   
(486 ) 
3,149   
38   
648   
(6,152 ) 
(45 ) 
(605 ) 

Certain prior year amounts in the above table have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. 

These reclassifications had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Income tax (benefit) expense is based on the following pre-tax income from continuing operations for the years ended 

December 31, 2018 and 2017: 

Domestic .................................................................................................................................    $ 
Foreign ....................................................................................................................................      
Total ........................................................................................................................................    $ 

(in thousands) 
(9,034 )   $ 
1,059       
(7,975 )   $ 

(3,662 ) 
1,041   
(2,621 ) 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

F-34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred 

tax liabilities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows: 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Deferred income tax assets: 

Accounts receivable ............................................................................................................    $ 
Inventory .............................................................................................................................      
Operating loss and credit carryforwards ..............................................................................      
Accrued expenses ................................................................................................................      
Pension liabilities ................................................................................................................      
Contingent consideration .....................................................................................................      
Stock compensation .............................................................................................................      
Other assets .........................................................................................................................      
Total gross deferred assets ......................................................................................................      
Less: valuation allowance ...................................................................................................      
Deferred tax assets ..................................................................................................................    $ 

57     $ 
1,147       
20,095       
1,692       
110       
-       
999       
172       
24,272       
(13,899 )     
10,373     $ 

Deferred income tax liabilities: 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets .........................................................................................    $ 
Definite-lived intangible assets ...........................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment .............................................................................................      
Other accrued liabilities .......................................................................................................      
Total deferred tax liabilities ....................................................................................................      
Deferred income tax liability, net ............................................................................................    $ 

1,975     $ 
10,221       
204       
63       
12,463       
(2,090 )   $ 

93   
891   
8,287   
-   
151   
2,273   
1,667   
122   
13,484   
(11,447 ) 
2,037   

3,166   
2,383   
-   
270   
5,819   
(3,782 ) 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities by classification on the consolidated balance sheets were as follows: 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

Deferred income tax assets ......................................................................................................    $ 
Deferred income tax liabilities ................................................................................................      
Long term liabilities held for sale ............................................................................................      
Deferred income tax liability, net ............................................................................................    $ 

211     $ 
(2,301 )     
-       
(2,090 )   $ 

182   
(2,653 ) 
(1,311 ) 
(3,782 ) 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company maintained a total valuation allowance of $13.9 million and $11.4 
million, respectively, which relates to foreign, federal, and state deferred tax assets in both years. The valuation allowance is 
based on estimates of taxable income in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate and the period over which our deferred 
tax  assets  will  be  recoverable.  The  movement  in  the  valuation  allowance  is  primarily  due  to  the  finalization  of  purchase 
accounting for the DSI acquisition and its impact on the valuation allowance related to certain U.S. deferred tax assets. 

The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-based Payment Accounting, 
on January 1, 2017.  Upon adoption, the company recorded previously unrecognized excess tax benefits from the exercise of 
employee stock options as an increase in its deferred tax asset for net operating losses of approximately $0.5 million.  The 
tax benefit of this increased deferred tax asset is fully offset by an increase in the valuation allowance. Following adoption, 
excess tax benefits or tax deficit is reflected as income tax benefit or expense in the year the tax impact is generated. Prior to 
the adoption of ASU 2016-09, these excess tax benefits could only be recognized when the related tax deduction reduces 
income taxes payable and the benefit would be reflected as a credit to additional paid-in capital if realized. 

At December 31, 2018, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $27.2 million, a portion of which 
($21.9 million) expires between 2019 and 2037; the remainder have an unlimited carryforward period. The Company’s state 
net operating loss carryforwards of $17.5 million expire between 2019 and 2037. The Company has foreign tax credits of 
$0.2 million which begin to expire in 2020, as well as $8.6 million of research and development tax credit carryforwards 
which begin to expire in 2020. Approximately $1.0 million of the research and development tax credit carryforwards are 
offset by a reserve for uncertain tax positions. The Company had $0.8 million of alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards 

F-35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
which are not subject to expiration and become refundable under the Tax Act beginning in 2018. In addition, the Company 
had a total of $3.8 million of state investment tax credit carryforwards, research and development tax credit carryforwards, 
and EZ credit carryforwards, which begin to expire in 2019. The Internal Revenue Code (IRC) limits the amounts of net 
operating loss carryforwards or credits that a company may use in any one year in the event of a change in ownership under 
IRC  Sections  382  or  383. As  a  result  of  the  DSI  acquisition  as  well  as  acquisitions  in  prior  years,  certain  losses  and 
carryforwards would be subject to such limitation. The Company has provided a full or partial valuation allowance for the 
portion of state NOLs and federal and state credit carryforwards the Company expects to expire before use. 

As  of  December  31,  2018  and  December  31,  2017,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  held  by  the  Company’s  foreign 
subsidiaries was $3.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, the Company changed its indefinite 
reinvestment assertion to provide that all foreign cash balances above the level required for local operating expenses would 
be repatriated to the U.S. in tax years after 2017. The Company maintains this modified assertion at December 31, 2018. As 
a result of the 2017 Tax Act, post-2017 dividends from qualifying Controlled Foreign Corporations are no longer taxed in 
the U.S. However, any dividends to the U.S. must still be assessed for withholding tax liability as well as state income tax 
liability. As a result of the Company’s assertion, the Company determined the potential state income tax liability related to 
available cash balances at foreign subsidiaries to be immaterial in 2018 and 2017. In addition, an accrued withholding tax 
liability of $38 thousand was recorded as of both December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, related to amounts determined 
to be available for repatriation. 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017 the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Company’s effective 

tax rate are shown in the table below: 

Balance at December 31, 2016 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 
Decreases based on tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................      
Settlements ........................................................................................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2017 ..........................................................................................................................      
Release due to expiration of statute of limitations .............................................................................................      
Additions based on tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................      
Additions based on tax positions of acquired entities .......................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2018 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 

   (in thousands) 
406   
(53 ) 
(30 ) 
323   
(94 ) 
242   
1,389   
1,860   

In 2017, a German income tax audit was settled for $30 thousand. In 2018, the Company recorded a reserve of $0.2 
million related to upcoming audits. Additionally, reserves of $1.4 million were recorded to purchase accounting based on tax 
positions of acquired entities, including $0.8 million for credits and $0.5 million related to state income tax issues. 

The  Company  anticipates  that  the  total  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  be  reduced  within  the  next  12  months  by 
approximately $0.5 million due to the expected settlement of certain positions of acquired entities. The Company classifies 
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2018 and 
at  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  had  accrued  interest  and  penalties  of $0.1  million  and  $15  thousand  respectively. 
During 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized a net expense of $31 thousand and $5 thousand, respectively, for interest 
and penalties in its total tax provision. 

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and 
foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities 
in  foreign  jurisdictions  for  years  before  2014.  In  the  U.S.,  the  Company's  net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforward 
amounts remain subject to federal and state examination for tax years starting in 2000 as a result of tax losses incurred in 
prior years. There are currently no pending federal or state tax examinations. The Company is subject to audits by various 
taxing jurisdictions. At December 31, 2018, the Company received notice of income tax examinations to begin in 2019 at 
foreign subsidiaries for which reserves have been recorded. 

21.   Commitments and Contingent Liabilities  

From time to time, the Company may be involved in various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course 

of business. The Company is not currently a party to any such material claims or proceedings. 

F-36 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
22.   Segment and Related Information  

Operating segments are determined by products and services provided by each segment, internal organization structure, 
the manner in which operations are managed, criteria used by the Chief Operating Decision Maker, or CODM, to assess the 
segment performance, as well as resource allocation and the availability of discrete financial information. The Company has 
one operating segment and therefore segment results and consolidated results are the same. 

Refer to footnote 19 for a summary of revenue by geographic area of origin. 

The following tables summarize additional selected financial information of the Company’s continuing operations by 

geographic location: 

Long-lived assets by geographic area consist of the following: 

United States ...........................................................................................................................    $ 
Germany ..................................................................................................................................      
United Kingdom ......................................................................................................................      
Rest of the world .....................................................................................................................      
Long-lived assets held for sale ................................................................................................      
Total long-lived assets (1) .......................................................................................................    $ 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

42,222     $ 
5,022       
585       
2,601       
-       
50,430     $ 

3,800   
5,793   
966   
3,214   
6,327   
20,100   

(1) Total long-lived assets consists of property, plant and equipment, net and amortizable intangible assets, net. 

Net assets by geographic area consist of the following: 

United States ...........................................................................................................................    $ 
Germany ..................................................................................................................................      
United Kingdom ......................................................................................................................      
Rest of the world .....................................................................................................................      
Net assets held for sale ............................................................................................................      
Total net assets ........................................................................................................................    $ 

23.   Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

38,921     $ 
17,261       
10,473       
16,069       
-       
82,724     $ 

15,502   
18,354   
14,376   
17,472   
15,196   
80,900   

Allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. A 

rollforward of allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows: 

Charged (credited) to 

Beginning 
Balance 

Bad Debt 
Expense 
(Recoveries)   

Charged to 
Allowance (1)   
(in thousands) 

Other (2) 

Ending 
Balance 

Year ended December 31, 2017 .................    $ 
Year ended December 31, 2018 .................    $ 

301       
193       

(57 )     
28       

(68 )     
13       

17     $ 
98     $ 

193   
332   

(1) Consists of accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

(2) For 2018 this amount consists of an addition to the allowance of $103,000 due to business combination as well as the 
effect of currency translation. For 2017, this amount consists solely of the effect of currency translation. 

F-37 

  
  
  
 
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
          
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
24.    Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited) 

Statement of Operations Data: 

2018 

First 
Quarter   

Second 
Quarter   

Third 
Quarter   
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Fourth 
Quarter  

Fiscal 
Year 

Revenues .....................................................................................................    $ 26,759     $ 31,522     $ 28,635     $ 33,858    $ 120,774  
Cost of revenues ..........................................................................................       13,490       16,167       12,818       15,118       57,593  
Gross profit ..............................................................................................       13,269       15,355       15,817       18,740       63,181  
Total operating expenses .............................................................................       14,535       15,737       14,927       16,998       62,197  
984  
Operating (loss) income ..............................................................................       (1,266 )     
890        1,742      
(8,959) 
Other expense, net .......................................................................................       (3,979 )      (1,485 )      (1,798 )      (1,697 )    
(7,975) 
45      
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes .................       (5,245 )      (1,867 )     
(908 )     
(3,676) 
(652 )      (3,260 )    
Income tax expense (benefit) ......................................................................      
(369 )     
(4,299) 
(256 )      3,305      
Net (loss) income from continuing operations ............................................       (5,850 )      (1,498 )     
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax ..............................       1,786       
1,377  
(443 )    
34       
(256 )   $  2,862    $  (2,922) 
Net (loss) income ........................................................................................    $  (4,064 )   $ (1,464 )   $ 

(382 )     

605       

-       

(Loss) earnings per share: 

Basic (loss) earnings per common share from continuing operations .....    $ 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share from discontinued operations ..      
Basic (loss) earnings per common share .................................................    $ 

(0.16 )   $  (0.04 )   $  (0.01 )   $  0.09    $ 
0.05       
-        (0.01 )    
(0.11 )   $  (0.04 )   $  (0.01 )   $  0.08    $ 

-       

(0.12) 
0.04  
(0.08) 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share from continuing operations ..    $ 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from discontinued  

(0.16 )   $  (0.04 )   $  (0.01 )   $  0.09    $ 

(0.12) 

operations .............................................................................................      
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share ..............................................    $ 

0.05       
-        (0.01 )    
(0.11 )   $  (0.04 )   $  (0.01 )   $  0.08    $ 

-       

0.04  
(0.08) 

The fourth quarter includes certain true ups in income tax due to the reassessment of valuation allowances in association 

with certain tax assets and in combination with deferred tax attributes of the newly acquired DSI. 

F-38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
    
        
        
        
       
   
    
        
        
        
       
   
  
    
        
        
        
       
   
  
    
        
        
        
       
   
  
  
 
 
Statement of Operations Data: 

2017 

First 
Quarter    

Third 
Second 
Quarter    
Quarter    
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Fourth 
Quarter    

Fiscal 
Year 

Revenues ........................................................................    $  18,086    $  18,958    $  18,717     $  21,646     $  77,407   
38,237   
Cost of revenues .............................................................      
39,170   
Gross profit .................................................................      
39,805   
Total operating expenses ................................................      
(635 ) 
Operating (loss) income .................................................      
(1,986 ) 
Other expense, net ..........................................................      
(2,621 ) 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes ...      
(605 ) 
Income tax benefit ..........................................................      
(2,016 ) 
Loss from continuing operations ....................................      
1,151   
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax       
(865 ) 
Net (loss) income ...........................................................    $ 

10,626       
11,020       
10,646       
374       
(849 )     
(475 )     
(464 )     
(11 )     
1,010       
999     $ 

8,509      
9,577      
9,927      
(350)     
(400)     
(750)     
(7)     
(743)     
(323)     
(1,066)   $ 

9,217       
9,500       
9,890       
(390 )     
(274 )     
(664 )     
(19 )     
(645 )     
228       
(417 )   $ 

9,885      
9,073      
9,342      
(269)     
(463)     
(732)     
(115)     
(617)     
236      
(381)   $ 

Loss (earnings) per share: 

Basic (loss) earnings per common share from 

continuing operations ..............................................    $ 

(0.02)   $ 

(0.02)   $ 

(0.02 )   $ 

-     $ 

(0.06 ) 

Basic (loss) earnings per share from discontinued 

operations ................................................................      
Basic (loss) earnings per common share ....................    $ 

(0.01)     
(0.03)   $ 

0.01      
(0.01)   $ 

0.01       
(0.01 )   $ 

0.03       
0.03     $ 

0.03   
(0.02 ) 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share from 

continuing operations ..............................................    $ 

(0.02)   $ 

(0.02)   $ 

(0.02 )   $ 

-     $ 

(0.06 ) 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share from 

discontinued operations ...........................................      
Diluted  (loss) earnings per common share ................    $ 

(0.01)     
(0.03)   $ 

0.01      
(0.01)   $ 

0.01       
(0.01 )   $ 

0.03       
0.03     $ 

0.03   
(0.02 ) 

F-39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
       
       
        
        
    
    
       
       
        
        
    
  
    
       
       
        
        
    
  
    
       
       
        
        
    
  
    
       
       
        
        
    
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by undersigned thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

Date: March 18,  2019 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 

By: /s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 

Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
   Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed 

below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 
Jeffrey A. Duchemin 

Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

March 18, 2019 

/s/ KAM UNNINAYAR 
Kam Unninayar 

/s/ JAMES GREEN 
James Green 

/s/ JOHN F. KENNEDY 
John F. Kennedy 

/s/ BERTRAND LOY 
Bertrand Loy 

/s/ KATHERINE A. EADE 
Katherine A. Eade 

/s/ THOMAS W. LOEWALD 
Thomas W. Loewald 

Chief Financial Officer 

March 18, 2019 

(Principal Financial Officer and 
Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

March 18, 2019 

March 18, 2019 

March 18, 2019 

March 18, 2019 

March 18, 2019 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The  following  exhibits  are  filed  as  part  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Where  such  filing  is  made  by 

incorporation by reference to a previously filed document, such document is identified. 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

Method of Filing 

Separation and Distribution Agreement between 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Biostage, Inc. (f/k/a 
Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, 
Inc.) dated as of October 31, 2013 

Share Purchase Agreement between Biochrom 
Limited, as Buyer, and Multi-Channel Systems 
Holding GmbH, as Seller, dated as of October 1, 
2014 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc., as Buyer, Triangle 
BioSystems, Inc., and the sellers party thereto 
dated as of October 1, 2014   

Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of All 
Shares in HEKA GmbH by and among Multi 
Channel Systems MCS GmbH, as Purchaser, Dr. 
Peter Schulze GmbH & Co. KG, as Seller, and 
Dr. Peter Schulze, as Guarantor, dated as of 
January 8, 2015   

Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of All 
Shares in HEKA Canada between Ealing 
Scientific Limited, as Purchaser, and Dr. Peter 
Schulze, as Seller, dated as of January 8, 2015   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed November 6, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed October 1, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed October 1, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed January 9, 2015) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed January 9, 2015) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Merger Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2018, 
between Harvard Bioscience, Inc., Plymouth Sub, 
Inc. and Data Sciences International, Inc.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed January 26, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 
2018, between Harvard Bioscience, Inc., Denville 
Scientific, Inc. and Thomas Scientific, LLC   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed January 26, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Exhibit 
Number 

2.1§ 

2.2§ 

2.3§ 

2.4§ 

2.5§ 

2.6§ 

2.7§ 

3(i) 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation of Harvard Bioscience, Inc.   

3(ii) 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
45996) (filed on November 9, 2000) and incorporated 
by reference thereto   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
45996) (filed on November 9, 2000) and incorporated 
by reference thereto  

3.1 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated 
Bylaws of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. (as adopted 
October 30, 2007) 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed on November 1, 2007) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and 
Rights of a Series of Preferred Stock of Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. classifying and designating the 
Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred 
Stock   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form 8-A (filed February 8, 
2008) and incorporated by reference thereto 

Certificate of Elimination of Series A Junior 
Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, dated as 
of February 27, 2018   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A (filed March 2, 
2018) and incorporated by reference thereto 

Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock, 
$0.01 par value, of Harvard Bioscience, Inc.   

Amended and Restated Securityholders’ 
Agreement dated as of March 2, 1999 by and 
among Harvard Apparatus, Inc., Pioneer 
Partnership II, Pioneer Capital Corp., First New 
England Capital, L.P. and Citizens Capital, Inc. 
and Chane Graziano and David Green 

Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated as of 
February 5, 2008 between Harvard Bioscience, 
Inc., and Registrar and Transfer Company, as 
Rights Agent 

10.1 # 

Harvard Apparatus, Inc. 1996 Stock Option and 
Grant Plan  

10.2 # 

Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Third Amended and 
Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan   

10.3 

Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan   

10.4 

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement   

10.5 

Lease of Unit 22 Phase I Cambridge Science Park, 
Milton Road, Cambridge dated May 8, 2008 
between The Master Fellows and Scholars of 
Trinity College Cambridge and Biochrom 
Limited.  

10.6 

Lease, dated February 23, 2004, by and between 
William Cash Forman and Hoefer, Inc.  

10.7 + 

Trademark License Agreement, dated 
December 19, 2002, by and between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. and President and Fellows of 
Harvard College. 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
45996) (filed on November 9, 2000) and incorporated by 
reference thereto   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
45996) (filed on October 25, 2000) and incorporated by 
reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form 8-A (filed February 8, 
2008) and incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
45996) (filed on October 25, 2000) and incorporated by 
reference thereto  

Previously disclosed in the Company’s Proxy Statement 
on Schedule 14A (filed April 15, 2011) and incorporated 
by reference thereto  

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
45996) (filed on November 9, 2000) and incorporated by 
reference thereto  

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
45996) (filed on October 25, 2000) and incorporated by 
reference thereto  

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 11, 2009) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 15, 2004) and 
incorporated by reference thereto  

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed May 15, 2003) 
and incorporated by reference thereto 

 
 
 
10.8 

Lease Agreement Between Seven October Hill, 
LLC and Harvard Bioscience, Inc. dated 
December 30, 2005.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed January 4, 2006) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

10.9 # 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement 
(Executive Officers).   

10.10 # 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement 
(Executive Officers).   

10.11 # 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement 
(Non-Employee Directors).   

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 # 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Loan 
Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2009, by and 
among Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and the Lenders 
from time to time party thereto, including Bank of 
America, N.A. (both in its capacity as “Lender” 
and in its capacity as “Agent”), and Brown 
Brothers Harriman & Co.   

Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 22, 2010, to 
Lease Agreement, as subsequently amended, 
between Seven October Hill LLC and Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc.   

Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement under 
the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Second Amended 
and Restated 2000 Stock Option And Incentive 
Plan, as amended   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2006) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2006) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2006) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed August 13, 2009) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed June 3, 2010) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2011) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

10.15 #  Director Compensation Arrangements   

Filed with this report 

10.16 

10.17 # 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

Amendment No. 1 to the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of 
January 1, 2012   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 14, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

First Amendment to Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option 
and Incentive Plan, effective as of March 9, 2013   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 14, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit 
Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2013, by and 
among Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and the Lenders 
from time to time party thereto, including Bank of 
America, N.A. and Brown Brothers Harriman & 
Co.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed April 3, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Amendment No. 2 to the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of 
May 23, 2013   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 14, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

First Amendment to Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 
2013, with an effective date as of April 30, 2013, 
by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Bank of 
America, N.A. and Brown Brothers Harriman & 
Co.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 14, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

 
 
 
10.21 # 

Employment Agreement, dated August 26, 2013, 
between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Jeffrey A. 
Duchemin     

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed August 29, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

10.22 #  Offer letter dated September 30, 2013 between 

Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Yong Sun   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed February 19, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto   

10.23 # 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2013, 
between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Robert E. 
Gagnon   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed October 16, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Second Amendment to Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement and Waiver dated as of 
October 31, 2013, by and among Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. Bank of America, N.A. and 
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.   

Intellectual Property Matters Agreement between 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Biostage, Inc. (f/k/a 
Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, 
Inc.) dated as of October 31, 2013.   

Product Distribution Agreement between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. and Biostage, Inc. (f/k/a Harvard 
Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc.) dated 
as of October 31, 2013.   

Tax Sharing Agreement between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. and Biostage, Inc. (f/k/a Harvard 
Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc.) dated 
as of October 31, 2013.   

Transition Services Agreement between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. and Biostage, Inc. (f/k/a Harvard 
Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc.) dated 
as of October 31, 2013.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 14, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed November 6, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed November 6, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed November 6, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed November 6, 2013) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

10.29 #  Amendment to Employment Agreement between 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Jeffrey A. 
Duchemin, effective July 30, 2014.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed July 31, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

10.30 #  Amendment to Employment Agreement between 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Robert E. Gagnon, 
effective July 30, 2014.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed July 31, 2014) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

10.31 

Amendment No. 3, dated as of May 30, 2014, to 
Lease Agreement, as subsequently amended, 
between Seven October Hill LLC and Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed August 7, 2014) 
and incorporated by reference thereto 

10.32 # 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, 
dated as of March 1, 2015, between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. and Jeffrey A. Duchemin 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed May 7, 2015) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

 
 
 
10.33 

10.34 

10.35 # 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

10.39 # 

10.40 # 

10.41 # 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

Third Amendment to Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement and Waiver dated as of 
April 24, 2015, by and among Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. Bank of America, N.A. and 
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.   

Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement and Waiver dated as of 
June, 30, 2015, by and among Harvard Bioscience, 
Inc. Bank of America, N.A. and Brown Brothers 
Harriman & Co.   

Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement under 
the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Third Amended and 
Restated 2000 Stock Option And Incentive Plan, 
as amended   

Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement and Waiver dated as of 
November 5, 2015, by and among Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. Bank of America, N.A. and 
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.   

Sixth Amendment to Second Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 
2016, by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
Bank of America, N.A. and Brown Brothers 
Harriman & Co.   

Limited Consent and Waiver dated as of May 5, 
2016 by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc., 
Bank of America, N.A and Brown Brothers 
Harriman & Co.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed August 6, 2015) 
and incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed August 6, 2015) 
and incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed November 5, 
2015) and incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed April 29, 2016) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed May 16, 2016) 
and incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed August 4, 2016) 
and incorporated by reference thereto 

Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, 
dated as of May 26, 2016, between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. and Jeffrey A. Duchemin   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed May 27, 2016) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, 
dated as of May 26, 2016, between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. and Robert E. Gagnon   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed May 27, 2016) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 26, 
2016, between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Yong 
Sun   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed May 27, 2016) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Limited Consent and Waiver dated as of 
November 1, 2016, and effective as of October 26, 
2016 by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc., 
Bank of America, N.A and Brown Brothers 
Harriman & Co. 

Lease Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2008, 
between AX US L.P. (as assigned to it by New 
Brighton 14th Street LLC), Ryan Companies US, 
Inc. and Data Sciences International, Inc. (as 
assigned to it by Transoma Medical, Inc.)   

First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of 
February 26, 2008, between AX US L.P. (as 
assigned to it by New Brighton 14th Street LLC), 
Ryan Companies US, Inc. and Data Sciences 
International, Inc. (as assigned to it by Transoma 
Medical, Inc.)   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 17, 2017) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

 
10.45 

10.46 

10.47 # 

10.48 

10.49 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as 
of August 4, 2008, between AX US L.P. (as 
assigned to it by New Brighton 14th Street LLC), 
Ryan Companies US, Inc. and Data Sciences 
International, Inc. (as assigned to it by Transoma 
Medical, Inc.)   

Financing Agreement, dated as of January 31, 
2018, between Harvard Bioscience, Inc., each of 
the borrowers named therein, the lenders from 
time to time party thereto, and Cerberus Business 
Finance, LLC   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed February 2, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

Employment Agreement, dated October 18, 2018, 
between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Kam 
Unninayar.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed October 22, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

First Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated 
as of August 16, 2018, between Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc., each of the borrowers named 
therein, the lenders from time to time party 
thereto, and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC.   

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, entered 
into as of November 1, 2018, with an effective 
date as of October 25, 2018, between Data 
Sciences International, Inc. and AX US L.P.   

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed November 1, 
2018) and incorporated by reference thereto 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed November 7, 2018) and 
incorporated by reference thereto 

10.50 #  

Second Amendment to Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option 
Plan, effective as of May 28, 2015.  

10.51 #   Amendment No. 3 to Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of 
May 18, 2017.  

Filed with this report  

Filed with this report  

10.52 #   Third Amendment to Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

Filed with this report  

16.1 

21.1 

23.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option 
and Incentive Plan, effective as of May 17, 2018.  

Letter from KPMG to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, dated as of May 9, 2017 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (filed May 11, 2017) and 
incorporated by reference thereto   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant   

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP   

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc., pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 
15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer of 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc., pursuant to Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   

Filed with this report 

Filed with this report 

Filed with this report 

Filed with this report 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   

*   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer of 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   

* 

 
 
 
101.INS  XBRL Instance Document 

Filed with this report 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

Filed with this report  

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 

Filed with this report  

Document 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 

Filed with this report  

Document 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 

Filed with this report  

Document 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

Filed with this report  

Document 

+ 

* 

# 
§ 

Certain  portions  of  this  document  have  been  granted  confidential  treatment  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (the Commission). 
This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or 
otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing 
under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
The schedules and exhibits have been omitted. A copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit will be furnished to the 
SEC supplementally upon request. 

The Company will furnish to stockholders a copy of any exhibit without charge upon written request. 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Compensation of Non-Employee Directors Upon Initial Election to the Board 

Director Compensation Arrangements 

Each  non-employee  director  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a  non-qualified  stock  option  having  an  aggregate  Black-
Scholes cash value of $134,400, rounded to the nearest 100 shares, provided that in no case shall such stock option be less 
than  25,000  shares  (so  long  as  25,000  shares  are  required  to  be  granted  under  the  equity  incentive  plan  of  the 
Corporation).  Such option shall be for the purchase of common stock of the Corporation and shall vest annually over three 
years and be granted on the fifth business day following his or her initial election to the Board. 

Exhibit 10.15 

 Annual Compensation of Non-Employee Directors 

Annual Retainers 

Each non-employee director will be entitled to receive annual retainer amounts for each respective role on the Board. 
In lieu of cash, such aggregate annual retainer amounts shall each be satisfied by the issuance of deferred stock awards of 
restricted stock units as described herein. 

The respective annual retainer value for each particular role on the Board are as follows: 

Role 
Non-employee director ..........................................................................................................................   $ 
Chairman of the Board ..........................................................................................................................   $ 
Audit Committee chair ..........................................................................................................................   $ 
Audit Committee member .....................................................................................................................   $ 
Compensation Committee chair ............................................................................................................   $ 
Compensation Committee member .......................................................................................................   $ 
Governance Committee chair ................................................................................................................   $ 
Governance Committee member ...........................................................................................................   $ 

35,280   
35,280   
18,144   
9,072   
12,096   
6,048   
5,040   
5,040   

 Annual Retainer Value 

The annual retainer awards (each a “Retainer Award”) are generally granted on the first trading day of January (the 
“Grant Date”) and vest quarterly over the calendar year on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. The 
number of shares of common stock subject to a Retainer Award is equal to the amount of cash that would have been received 
had the retainers all been paid in cash, divided by the average daily closing market price of the common stock for the month 
of November immediately preceding the Grant Date, rounded to the nearest 100 shares. 

In the event that a non-employee director is named Chairman or joins any committees of the Board of Directors 
during a fiscal year after the Grant Date, such director shall be granted a Retainer Award (the “Additional Retainer Award”), 
in relation to such additional roles and respective retainer amounts pro-rated for the remainder of such year. Such Additional 
Retainer Award shall be granted on the first trading day of the month after the individual is appointed to such roles. The 
Additional Retainer Award shall vest in equal amounts spread over the remaining quarterly vesting dates of the Retainer 
Awards for such calendar year subject to continued service as a non-employee director on the applicable vesting dates. The 
number of shares of common stock subject to an Additional Retainer Award is equal to the amount of cash that would have 
been received had the retainers all been paid in cash, divided by the average daily closing market price of the common stock 
for the calendar month that is two months prior to the month the director was appointed to the additional roles, rounded to 
the nearest 100 shares (i.e., the month of June if the director was appointed to the additional roles on August 15). 

In the event a director’s service (including as a Board member, or their role as Chairman, Committee Chairman, 
Committee member) ends during a particular quarter, the vesting date for such quarter in relation to the portion of the award 
attributable to such roles that are ending, shall be the last day of the director’s term in the respective role such that the full 
quarterly amount attributable to such roles shall vest on that earlier vesting date. 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Annual Equity Award 

Each  non-employee  director  will  also  be  entitled  to  receive  an  equity  award  having  an  aggregate  cash  value  of 
$80,640, rounded to the nearest 100 shares, vesting fully on the earlier to occur of (i) the date of the Corporation’s next 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders after the grant date, immediately prior to the commencement of such meeting, and (ii) one 
year from the date of grant and granted on the fifth business day following the Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, 
with such award to be evidenced by a grant of deferred stock awards of restricted stock units.   

Expenses 

In addition, non-employee directors shall be reimbursed for their expenses incurred in connection with attending 

Board and Committee meetings. 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
EXHIBIT 10.50 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED 2000 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN  

This  Second  Amendment  to  the  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.  Third  Amended  and  Restated  2000  Stock  Option  and 

Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is effective as of May 28, 2015 (the “Effective Date”). 

Pursuant to the authorization and approval of the Board of Directors and stockholders of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. in 

accordance with Section 17 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the Effective Date: 

1.  Section 3(a): The first sentence in Section 3(a) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following in 

its stead: 

“a) Stock Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b), the maximum number of shares of 
Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 17,508,929 shares of Stock which number reflects 
the total of 3,750,000 shares originally reserved, plus the effect of an evergreen provision through December 31, 
2005, plus an additional 2,000,000 shares added to the Plan in 2006, plus an additional 2,500,000 shares added to 
the Plan in 2008 plus an additional 3,700,000 shares added to the Plan in 2011 plus an additional 1,941,254 shares 
to account for the adjustment required by Section 3(b) pertaining to the Awards issued in connection with the spin-
off of Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc. by Harvard Bioscience, Inc. plus an additional 2,500,000 
shares added to the Plan in 2015.” 

2.  The following is added to the end of the Plan:  

“DATE  SECOND  AMENDMENT  TO  HARVARD  BIOSCIENCE,  INC.  THIRD  AMENDED  AND 
RESTATED 2000 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: 
APRIL 3, 2015. 

DATE SECOND AMENDMENT TO HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED 
2000 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: MAY 28, 2015.” 

3.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Harvard Bioscience, Inc. has duly executed this amendment to be effective as the date first 

above written. 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 

By: 

   /S/ Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
  Name:  Jeffrey A. Duchemin  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN  

EXHIBIT 10.51 

This Amendment No. 3 to the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) is effective as of 

May 18, 2017 (the “Effective Date”). 

In accordance with Section 18 of the Plan, as approved by the stockholders of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. on the Effective 
Date, in order to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan to One Million Fifty 
Thousand (1,050,000), the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the Effective Date: 

1.  The reference to “Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (750,000) shares” in the initial paragraph of the Plan is hereby 

deleted and replaced with “One Million Fifty Thousand (1,050,000) shares”. 

2.  The following is added to the end of the Plan: 

“DATE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PLAN APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: AUGUST 2, 2011. 
DATE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO PLAN APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: FEBRUARY 26, 2013. 
DATE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO PLAN APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: MAY 23, 2013. 
DATE AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO PLAN APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: MARCH 31, 2017. 
DATE AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO PLAN APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: MAY 18, 2017.” 

3.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. has duly executed this amendment to be effective as the date 

first above written. 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 

By: 

   /s/ Robert E. Gagnon 
  Name:  Robert E. Gagnon 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer  

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 10.52 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED 2000 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN  

This Third Amendment to the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive 

Plan (the “Plan”) is effective as of May 17, 2018 (the “Effective Date”). 

Pursuant to the authorization and approval of the Board of Directors and stockholders of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. in 

accordance with Section 17 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the Effective Date: 

1.  Section 3(a): The first sentence in Section 3(a) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following in 

its stead: 

“a) Stock Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b), the maximum number of shares of 
Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 20,908,929 shares of Stock which number reflects 
the total of 3,750,000 shares originally reserved, plus the effect of an evergreen provision through December 31, 
2005, plus an additional 2,000,000 shares added to the Plan in 2006, plus an additional 2,500,000 shares added to 
the Plan in 2008, plus an additional 3,700,000 shares added to the Plan in 2011, plus an additional 1,941,254 shares 
to account for the adjustment required by Section 3(b) pertaining to the Awards issued in connection with the spin-
off of Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc. by Harvard Bioscience, Inc., plus an additional 2,500,000 
shares added to the Plan in 2015, plus an additional 3,400,000 shares added to the Plan in 2018.” 

2.  The following is added to the end of the Plan:  

“DATE THIRD AMENDMENT TO HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED 
2000 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APRIL 2, 2018. 

DATE THIRD AMENDMENT TO HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED 
2000 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: MAY 17, 2018.” 

3.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Harvard Bioscience, Inc. has duly executed this amendment to be effective as the date first 

above written. 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 

By: 

   /s/ Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
  Name:  Jeffrey A. Duchemin  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

AHN Acquisition GmbH (Germany) 
Asys Hitech GmbH (Austria) 
Biochrom Limited (United Kingdom) 
Biochrom US, Inc. (United States) 
BioDrop Ltd. (United Kingdom) 
Cartesian Technologies, Inc. (United States) 
CMA Microdialysis AB (Sweden) 
Coulbourn Instruments, LLC (United States) 
Data Sciences International, Inc. 
Data Sciences (UK) MN, Ltd. 
Data Sciences EURL 
Data Sciences GmbH 
DSI (Shanghai) Trading Co Ltd. 
Ealing Scientific Limited (doing business as Harvard Apparatus, Canada) (Canada) 
FKA GSI US, Inc. (formerly Genomic Solutions, Inc.) (United States) 
FKAUBI, Inc. (formerly Union Biometrica, Inc.) (United States) 
Genomic Solutions Canada, Inc. (United States) 
Harvard Apparatus Limited (United Kingdom) 
Harvard Apparatus, S.A.R.L. (France) 
Harvard Distribution Oldco, Inc. (formerly Denville Scientific, Inc.) (United States) 
HEKA Electronics Incorporated (Canada) 
HEKA Electronik Dr. Schulze GmbH (Germany) 
HEKA Instruments Incorporated (United States) 
Hoefer, Inc. (United States) 
Hugo Sachs Elektronik - Harvard Apparatus GmbH (Germany) 
KD Scientific, Inc. (United States) 
Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH (Germany) 
Panlab S.L. (Spain) 
Scie-Plas Ltd. (United Kingdom) 
Triangle BioSystems, Inc. (United States) 
Walden Precision Apparatus Ltd. (United Kingdom) 
Warner Instruments LLC (United States) 

 
  
  
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

EXHIBIT 23.1 

The Board of Directors 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.: 

We  have  issued  our  reports  dated  March  18,  2019,  with  the  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  internal 
control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2018. We consent to the incorporation by reference of the said reports in the Registration Statements of Harvard 
Bioscience, Inc. on Form S-3 (File No. 333-224535) and Forms S-8 (File No. 333-53848, File No. 333-104544, File No. 333-
135418, File No. 333-151003, File No. 333-174476, File No. 333-189175, File No. 333-204760, File No. 333-218497 and 
File No. 333-225365). 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 18, 2019 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
I, Kam Unninayar, certify that: 

Certification 

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harvard Bioscience, Inc.; 

EXHIBIT 31.1 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

   a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

   b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

   c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

   d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over  financial reporting,  to  the  registrant’s auditors  and  the audit committee  of  the  registrant’s  board of directors  (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

   a.  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

   b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 18,  2019 

/s/ KAM UNNINAYAR 
Kam Unninayar 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
I, Jeffrey A. Duchemin, certify that: 

Certification 

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harvard Bioscience, Inc.; 

EXHIBIT 31.2 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

   a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

   b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

   c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

   d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over  financial reporting,  to  the  registrant’s auditors  and  the audit committee  of  the  registrant’s  board of directors  (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

   a.  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonable likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

   b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 18,  2019 

/s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 
Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

The  undersigned  officer  of  Harvard  Bioscience, Inc.  (the  “Company”)  hereby  certifies  to  her  knowledge  that  the 
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 to which this certification is being furnished 
as an exhibit (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with 
the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”), and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 
results  of  operations  of  the  Company.  This  certification  is  provided  solely  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 1350  and 
Item 601(b)(32)  of  Regulation S-K  (“Item  601(b)(32)”)  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the 
“Securities Act”), and the Exchange Act. In accordance with clause (ii) of Item 601(b)(32), this certification (A) shall not be 
deemed  “filed”  for  purposes  of  Section 18  of  the  Exchange  Act,  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section,  and 
(B) shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except 
to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference. 

Date: March 18,  2019 

/s/ KAM UNNINAYAR 
Name: Kam Unninayar 
Title: Chief Financial Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

EXHIBIT 32.2 

The  undersigned  officer  of  Harvard  Bioscience, Inc.  (the  “Company”)  hereby  certifies  to  his  knowledge  that  the 
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 to which this certification is being furnished 
as an exhibit (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with 
the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”), and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 
results  of  operations  of  the  Company.  This  certification  is  provided  solely  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 1350  and 
Item 601(b)(32)  of  Regulation S-K  (“Item  601(b)(32)”)  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the 
“Securities Act”), and the Exchange Act. In accordance with clause (ii) of Item 601(b)(32), this certification (A) shall not be 
deemed  “filed”  for  purposes  of  Section 18  of  the  Exchange  Act,  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section,  and 
(B) shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except 
to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference. 

Date: March 18,  2019 

/s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 
Name: Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
Title: Chief Executive Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
Exhibit 1

Harvard Bioscience, Inc.
Reconciliation of US GAAP Net Loss to Non-GAAP 
Adjusted Net Income (unaudited):

For the Year Ended December 31,

US GAAP net loss............................................................................................

Adjustments:

Amortization of intangible assets...............................................................

Denville Non-GAAP adjustments included in discontinued operations....

Deferred revenue valuation charges on acquisition...................................

Inventory valuation step-up charges on acquisition...................................

Depreciation of fi xed asset step-up on acquisition....................................

Forensic investigation and remediation costs............................................

Loss on sale of AHN...................................................................................

Severance and restructuring charges.........................................................

Acquisition, disposition and integration costs...........................................

Stock-based compensation expense.........................................................

    Income taxes................................................................................................

Non-GAAP adjusted net income......................................................................

2018
$(2,922)

 5,384 

 (920)

 284 

 3,816 

 619 

 -   

 -   

 772 

 3,294 

 2,894 

 (5,861)

 $7,360 

2017
$(865)

 1,553 

 1,072 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 386 

 95 

 426 

 694 

 3,382 

 (2,519)

 $4,224 

Exhibit 2

Harvard Bioscience, Inc.
Reconciliation of US GAAP Diluted Loss per Common Share
to Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Common Share (unaudited):

US GAAP diluted loss per common share

    Adjustments:

    Amortization of intangible assets...........................................................

    Denville Non-GAAP adjustments included in discontinued operations

    Deferred revenue valuation charges on acquisition...............................

    Inventory valuation step-up charges on acquisition...............................

    Depreciation of fi xed asset step-up on acquisition................................

    Forensic investigation and remediation costs........................................

    Loss on sale of AHN...............................................................................

    Severance and restructuring charges.....................................................

    Acquisition, disposition and integration costs.......................................

    Stock-based compensation expense.....................................................

    Income taxes.................................................................................................

Non-GAAP adjusted diluted earnings per common share...............................

For the Year Ended December 31,

2018
 $(0.08)

2017
 $(0.02)

 0.15 

 (0.03)

 0.01 

 0.10 

 0.02 

 -   

 -   

 0.02 

 0.10 

 0.08 

 (0.17)

 $0.20 

 0.04 

 0.03 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 0.01 

 -   

 0.01 

 0.02 

 0.10 

 (0.07)

 $0.12 

CMOS 
Microelectrode 
Arrays

Based on complementary 
metal-oxide semiconductor 
(CMOS) technology with the 
possibility to have thousands 
of recording electrodes, 
Multichannel Systems 
microelectrode Arrays 
(MEA’s) allow researchers 
to perform high resolution 
extracellular recordings on a 
sub-cellular level.

Suitable for neuronal 
preparations from brain 
slices to stem cells, the high 
resolution MEA platform 
offers new possibilities 
in drug discovery, safety 
pharmacology, connectivity 
studies, and functional 
monitoring.

Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements.  In some cases, you 
can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “capitalize,” “increase,” 
“guidance,” “objectives,” “emerging,” “long-term,” “growth,” “potential,” 
“future,” “expects,” “plans,” “achieve,” “could,” “will,” “lead,” “opportunity,” 
“estimate,” “continue,” “strategy,” “intend,” “believe,””see,” “may,” “should,” 
“would,” “seek,” “aim,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “predicts,” “think,” “optimistic,” 
“new,” “goal” and similar expressions.  These statements include, but are not 
limited to,  statements or inferences about our beliefs, plans or objectives, 
management’s confidence or expectations, our business strategy and ability 
to execute such strategy, the outlook for the life sciences industry, and our 
positioning for growth and market demand. 

These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other 
factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to 
be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements 
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking 
statements include, but are not limited to, statements about management’s 
confidence or expectations, our business strategy, our ability to raise capital 
or borrow funds to consummate acquisitions and the availability of attractive 
acquisition candidates, our expectations regarding future costs of product 
revenues, our anticipated compliance with the covenants contained in our 
credit facility, the adequacy of our financial resources and our plans, objectives, 
expectations and intentions that are not historical facts, plus factors described 
under the heading “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2018 Annual Report on 
Form 10-K or in our other public filings.

 
 
H

A

R

V

A

R

D

B

I

O

S

C

I

E

N

C

E

•

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

8

84 October Hill Road
Holliston, Massachusetts 01746
phone 508.893.8066
www.harvardbioscience.com